{"title":"Paint Application Tools","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"pettit-11402020-two-part-epoxy-barrier-coat-primer-for-antifouling-paint-prep","title":"Pettit Paint Strainers for Marine Coatings and Antifouling Paint","description":"\u003cp\u003ePettit Paint Strainers are used to filter marine paints, epoxy coatings, and antifouling bottom paint before application, removing lumps, skin, and debris so the finished coat goes on smooth. Straining paint prior to rolling or spraying is a standard step recommended for achieving an even film build with Pettit coatings and helps prevent clogged rollers, brushes, and spray equipment. Keeping paint free of particulates is especially important with two-part epoxy systems and antifouling paints, where a clean, consistent film thickness affects both appearance and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese strainers are part of Pettit's painting supplies line, intended to be used alongside Pettit primers, epoxy barrier coats, and antifouling paints as part of a complete application process. Boat owners and professional applicators use paint strainers as routine prep before every coat to reduce the chance of debris being rolled or sprayed onto the hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pettit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11402020\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Painting Supplies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 725469029194\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Pettit Paint Strainers used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Pettit Paint Strainers (part number 11402020) are used to filter marine paint and coatings before application, removing lumps and debris so the paint applies smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these strainers be used with epoxy barrier coats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, straining is a recommended step before applying epoxy barrier coats and other Pettit coatings to ensure an even, debris-free film.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Pettit Paint Strainers made for antifouling paint too?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 11402020 is intended for use with antifouling paint as well as other Pettit marine coatings during application prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a set of Pettit Paint Strainers weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pettit Paint Strainers, part number 11402020, weigh 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Pettit Paint Strainers (part number 11402020) is 725469029194.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy should paint be strained before application?\u003c\/strong\u003e Straining removes lumps, skin, and debris from paint so it applies in a smooth, even film and does not clog rollers, brushes, or spray equipment; this is the purpose of the Pettit Paint Strainers, part 11402020.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category of product is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11402020 is listed under Pettit's Painting Supplies category.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Pettit product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 11402020 is a genuine Pettit painting supply item, not a generic or third-party substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen during the painting process should I use a paint strainer?\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint should be strained with the Pettit Paint Strainer (11402020) before each coat is applied, as part of standard prep alongside mixing and thinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a new strainer for each coat of paint?\u003c\/strong\u003e Using a fresh Pettit Paint Strainer for each batch of paint you prepare helps ensure debris from a previous strain isn't reintroduced into a new coat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pettit","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991655657691,"sku":"PET-14020","price":108.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/pet-14020_lg__18426.1558115671.500.750.jpg?v=1785329138"},{"product_id":"star-brite-all-purpose-medium-red-scrubber-pad-with-ergonomic-handle-boat-teak-outdoor-cleaning-kit-040021p","title":"Star brite All-Purpose Medium Red Scrubber Pad with Ergonomic Handle, 040021P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite All-Purpose Medium Red Scrubber Pad (040021P) is a versatile cleaning tool built to handle the everyday scrubbing tasks that come with boat and outdoor maintenance. The kit includes one removable ergonomic handle along with three interchangeable pad textures: Fine (White), Medium (Red), and Coarse (Black), so you always have the right level of abrasion on hand for the job in front of you. The Medium Red pad included here is the all-purpose choice, excelling at general scrubbing on teak, aluminum, and other durable surfaces without being aggressive enough to damage them. For more delicate work, the Fine pad offers a scratch-free touch on sensitive surfaces, while the Coarse pad is suited to breaking down heavy deposits and stubborn grime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle itself is designed with comfort in mind: its ergonomic, removable grip reduces hand strain during extended cleaning sessions, making it easier to work a full hull, deck, or set of teak furniture without fatigue. Because the pads are washable and reusable, the same kit can be used across repeated cleaning sessions rather than being discarded after one use. This scrubber pad set pairs well with Star brite Aluminum Cleaner \u0026amp; Restorer or Ultimate Aluminum Polish for a more complete cleaning and restoration routine on aluminum surfaces. Whether you are scrubbing a boat hull, refreshing teak furniture, or tackling tough indoor and outdoor stains, the Star brite Scrubber Pad system is built for versatility across marine, auto, RV, and home cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040021P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Texture (this kit):\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e One ergonomic handle and three pad textures (Fine, Medium, Coarse)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scrubbing, removing deposits, maintaining various surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Package Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247400212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with the Star brite 040021P scrubber pad kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 040021P kit includes one ergonomic handle plus three pad textures: Fine (White), Medium (Red), and Coarse (Black), so a single handle covers light, general, and heavy-duty scrubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Medium Red pad best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Medium Red pad is the all-purpose option in the Star brite 040021P set, suited to general scrubbing tasks such as teak or aluminum cleaning where a stronger touch than the Fine pad is needed but the aggressiveness of the Coarse pad is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the pads be removed and swapped on the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the handle in the Star brite 040021P kit is designed with a removable grip so the Fine, Medium, and Coarse pads can be swapped onto the same handle as the cleaning task requires.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the scrubber pads reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Star brite 040021P pads are washable and can be reused across multiple cleaning sessions rather than discarded after one use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can this scrubber pad be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 040021P scrubber pads are designed for boat hulls, teak furniture, and other tough indoor and outdoor surfaces, with the pad texture chosen to match the surface being cleaned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Star brite 040021P scrubber pad kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite All-Purpose Medium Red Scrubber Pad kit (040021P) weighs 0.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the handle comfortable for extended scrubbing sessions?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 040021P handle has an ergonomic, removable grip specifically designed to reduce hand strain during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other products pair well with this scrubber pad kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e For a more complete cleaning and restoration routine, the Star brite 040021P scrubber pads pair well with Star brite Aluminum Cleaner \u0026amp; Restorer or Ultimate Aluminum Polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the Star brite scrubber pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the pad texture appropriate for the task, attach it to the handle, apply a cleaning solution to the surface, scrub as needed, then rinse well; the pad can be reused for future cleaning sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads are included in the 040021P kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 040021P kit ships with three pads in total, one each in Fine, Medium, and Coarse textures, along with a single ergonomic handle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991686492379,"sku":"STR-40021","price":9.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40021.A1_8e454cf6-be52-4acb-8c23-37d65216caf7.jpg?v=1784509896"},{"product_id":"interlux-brush-ease-433-marine-brush-cleaner-and-conditioner-quart-mpn-5608532","title":"Interlux Brush-Ease 433 Marine Brush Cleaner and Conditioner - Quart (MPN 5608532)","description":"\u003cp\u003eInterlux Brush-Ease 433 is a marine-grade brush cleaner and conditioner formulated to keep varnish and paint brushes in top working condition. Supplied in a convenient quart, it helps remove built-up finish from bristles and preserves brush flexibility between coats so you get smooth, consistent application every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeeping a dedicated brush clean is essential for a flawless finish. As varnish ages in the can it can develop lumps or contamination, and a well maintained brush suspended by its handle to avoid fishtailing of the bristles delivers the firm, even strokes needed for long lasting protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Interlux\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: 5608532\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Brush-Ease 433\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCategory: Thinners and Solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: Quart (1 pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2.1 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimensions: 8 x 9.75 x 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUPC: 081948404334\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Interlux Brush-Ease 433?\u003c\/strong\u003e Brush-Ease 433 is a marine brush cleaner and conditioner used to clean and maintain brushes used for varnish and paint application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a quart, supplied as a single 1-pack container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the manufacturer part number?\u003c\/strong\u003e The manufacturer part number is 5608532.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand is this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made by Interlux (International Paint).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy should I use a brush cleaner and conditioner?\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeping a dedicated brush clean and conditioned helps maintain bristle flexibility so you can apply firm, even strokes for a smooth, consistent finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The product weighs approximately 2.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the product dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The product measures approximately 8 x 9.75 x 8 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store a brush between coats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Suspend the brush by its handle to avoid fishtailing of the bristles and keep it conditioned so it is ready for the next coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC is 081948404334.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does this product belong to?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is classified under Thinners and Solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Interlux","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991695995099,"sku":"ILX-433Q","price":23.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ILX-433Q__80418.1780061442.500.750.jpg?v=1785188381"},{"product_id":"star-brite-extend-a-brush-telescoping-floating-handle-3-ft-to-6-ft-aluminum-quick-connect-extension-pole-mpn-40000","title":"Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle, 3 to 6 Feet, Aircraft-Grade Aluminum","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle is a floating, adjustable-length handle built to power a wide range of cleaning tasks on boats, RVs, pools, vehicles, and around the home. Constructed from aircraft-grade, triple-anodized aluminum, it delivers a strong yet lightweight build that resists corrosion during repeated marine use. The handle telescopes from 3 feet to 6 feet, so you can dial in the right reach for a task and lock it in place with a secure twist lock. Two non-slip hand grips keep control comfortable during extended scrubbing or reaching jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the working end, a stainless steel quick connect\/disconnect (push button) system lets you swap between Star brite Extend-A-Brush brush heads, mop heads, and other compatible accessories in seconds, turning one handle into a multi-purpose cleaning tool. Special air chambers built into the handle allow it to float, so an accidental drop overboard does not mean losing the tool. Whether you are scrubbing hulls, washing windows, cleaning gutters, or handling routine boat maintenance, this handle adapts to the job without chemicals or extra maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle 3 feet to 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aircraft-grade, triple-anodized aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetracted Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 inches L x 2 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.96 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel quick connect\/disconnect (push button)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twist lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two non-slip hand grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuoyancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floats via built-in air chambers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with all Star brite Extend-A-Brush accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247400007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle extend?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle (Star brite 40000) telescopes from 3 feet to 6 feet, and a twist lock secures it at the length you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from aircraft-grade, triple-anodized aluminum, giving the Star brite 40000 handle a strong yet lightweight construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the handle float if it falls in the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Star brite 40000 handle has special air chambers built in that allow it to float, so an accidental drop overboard will not send it to the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brush and mop heads work with this handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle is compatible with all Star brite Extend-A-Brush accessories, including brush heads, mop heads, and other attachments in that line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you attach a brush head to the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Brush and mop heads attach using a stainless steel quick connect\/disconnect push-button system on the Star brite 40000, allowing tool-free swaps between accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the handle weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle weighs 0.96 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat keeps the handle secure at a chosen length?\u003c\/strong\u003e A twist lock holds the Star brite 40000 handle at any length between 3 and 6 feet, and two non-slip hand grips provide a comfortable, secure hold while in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this handle only for boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle is designed for boats as well as RVs, pools, autos, and general home cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40000 measures 72 inches in length by 2 inches in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the handle come with a brush or mop head included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Star brite Extend-A-Brush Telescoping Handle ships as the extending handle only; brush and mop heads are separate compatible accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991714181339,"sku":"STR-40000","price":31.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40000.A1_cccf9bab-663f-4d66-b638-604235026d98.jpg?v=1784510394"},{"product_id":"star-brite-40003-extend-a-brush-5-fixed-handle-floating-triple-anodized-aluminum-with-quick-connect-for-boat-rv-pool-and-auto-cleaning","title":"Star brite 5 Foot Aluminum Extend-A-Brush Handle, Fixed with Stainless Quick Connect","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite 5 Foot Extend-A-Brush Handle (part number 40003) is a fixed-length cleaning handle built for boats and other outdoor cleaning tasks. It is constructed of aircraft-grade, triple anodized aluminum, giving it years of maintenance-free use even in harsh marine environments. A stainless steel push-button quick connect\/disconnect fitting on the end allows instant attachment of Extend-A-Brush accessories, so brush heads and other cleaning tools can be swapped without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpecial air chambers built into the shaft let the handle float if it is dropped overboard, reducing the chance of losing it over the side of the boat. The handle is finished in blue and measures 60.25 inches long by 2 inches wide, delivering a 5 foot reach for washing hulls, decks, windows, and other hard-to-reach surfaces. It is made in the USA and is guaranteed for life. Beyond boat care, the handle is also suited to RV, pool, auto, and home cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40003\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5' Fixed Extend-A-Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjection Distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Push Button Lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guaranteed for life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247400038\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Star brite 40003 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40003 handle measures 60.25 inches long and 2 inches wide, giving a 5 foot reach for cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a fixed-length or telescoping handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the fixed-length version of the Star brite Extend-A-Brush handle, sold as the 5' Fixed Extend-A-Brush style, rather than an adjustable telescoping design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Star brite 40003 handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of aircraft-grade, triple anodized aluminum with a stainless steel quick-connect fitting, built for years of maintenance-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the handle float if I drop it in the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Star brite 40003 handle has built-in air chambers so it will float if dropped overboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do accessories attach to the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e A stainless steel push-button quick connect\/disconnect fitting on the end of the Star brite 40003 handle allows instant attachment of Extend-A-Brush accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the handle weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40003 Extend-A-Brush handle weighs 0.8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Star brite 40003 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle has a blue finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Star brite 40003 handle covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is made in the USA and is guaranteed for life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order part number 40003?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part number 40003 includes one 5 foot fixed Extend-A-Brush handle; brush heads and other accessories are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this handle be used for anything besides boat cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e Beyond boat cleaning, the Star brite 40003 handle is also suited to RV, pool, auto, and home cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991714345179,"sku":"STR-40003","price":23.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40003.A1_3d32db83-ca40-4e03-b9fe-a0830db195e7.jpg?v=1784510397"},{"product_id":"star-brite-long-handle-utility-scrub-brush-marine-grade-star-prene-bristles-for-boats-rvs-outdoor-cleaning","title":"Star brite Long Handle Utility Scrub Brush - Marine-Grade Star Prene Bristles for Boats, RVs \u0026 Outdoor Cleaning","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Long Handle Utility Scrub Brush (part number 40026) is a heavy-duty, marine-grade scrub brush built for tough cleaning tasks on boats, RVs, and outdoor surfaces. Its bristles are made from durable Star Prene fibers with flagged ends, which are designed to retain more water and cleaning solution than standard bristles, giving each pass more cleaning power and a more efficient, thorough clean. The marine-grade construction holds up to repeated use on waterlines, baitwells, and other hard-to-reach areas where grime and buildup are common. The long handle extends your reach so you can scrub distant or awkward surfaces without excessive bending or stretching, cutting down on the effort needed for extensive cleaning jobs. Beyond boat maintenance, this utility brush is versatile enough for RV upkeep and general household cleaning tasks. The brush measures 4 inches long by 3 inches wide by 21 inches high overall, with a plastic handle in a beige finish. Whether you are scrubbing a hull, deck, or outdoor furniture, the Star brite Long Handle Utility Scrub Brush delivers consistent, dependable cleaning performance for a wide range of surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long Handle Utility Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star Prene fibers with flagged ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches L x 3 inches W x 21 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boats, RVs, and outdoor\/household cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247400267\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Star brite 40026 scrub brush used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40026 is a long handle utility scrub brush designed for tough cleaning tasks on boats, RVs, and outdoor surfaces, including waterlines, baitwells, and other hard-to-reach areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the bristles made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bristles on the Star brite 40026 are Star Prene fibers with flagged ends, which are designed to hold more water and cleaning solution for a more efficient, thorough clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Long Handle Utility Scrub Brush measures 4 inches long by 3 inches wide by 21 inches high overall, giving it enough reach to access distant or awkward surfaces without excessive bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this brush be used on RVs and not just boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The Star brite 40026 is marine-grade but versatile enough for RV maintenance and general household cleaning tasks as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and handle material does the 40026 brush have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40026 has a beige finish with a plastic handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Star brite 40026 scrub brush weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Long Handle Utility Scrub Brush weighs 0.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this brush good for scrubbing baitwells?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the marine-grade construction of the Star brite 40026 makes it well suited for scrubbing baitwells along with waterlines and other hard-to-reach boat areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do the bristles have flagged ends?\u003c\/strong\u003e The flagged ends on the Star Prene bristles of the Star brite 40026 help the brush retain more water and cleaning solution, increasing cleaning efficiency with each pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the 40026 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Star brite 40026 gets you the long handle utility brush as a complete, ready-to-use unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Star brite 40026 durable enough for repeated heavy use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Star brite 40026 is built with marine-grade, heavy-duty construction intended to provide consistent, reliable performance across repeated cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017525960923,"sku":"STR-40026","price":12.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40026.A1_6a3c1ff4-4a7d-4b97-8f17-ff554e6f57f2.jpg?v=1784937094"},{"product_id":"star-brite-ultimate-magic-sponge-18-pack-scuff-eraser-with-reinforced-core","title":"Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge, 18-Pack Scuff Eraser with Reinforced Core","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge is a melamine-based scrubbing sponge built with a reinforced core for added strength when tackling stubborn scuffs, stains, and built-up grime. Sold as an 18-pack, each sponge is individually wrapped, making the set convenient for grab-and-go use around the house, garage, RV, or boat, and keeping unused sponges fresh until needed. The sponge works with just water, using microscrubber technology that reaches into surface grooves to lift away dirt without harsh chemicals, and it can also be used together with a favorite cleaning solution to boost that cleaner's effectiveness on tougher jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is suited to a wide range of surfaces, including walls, appliances, bathtubs, oven doors, tile, and vinyl, and is effective on tasks like removing scuff marks, cleaning bruised baseboards, and erasing permanent marker stains. To use, lightly dampen the sponge, squeeze out excess water, apply a cleaner if desired, and gently scrub the surface before rinsing or wiping clean. The 18-pack ships in a cardboard display box with each sponge individually wrapped, so the set works equally well for personal use or as a point-of-sale display item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41018\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultimate Magic Sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 individually wrapped sponges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 separately wrapped magic erasers in cardboard display box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shower, Tile, Wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Home cleaning, auto detailing, RV maintenance, boat upkeep, wall cleaning, appliance cleaning, baseboard cleaning, shower cleaning, tub cleaning, tile cleaning, fiberglass cleaning, vinyl cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247410013\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many sponges come in the Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge (41018) comes as an 18-pack, with each sponge individually wrapped inside a cardboard display box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need cleaning chemicals to use this sponge?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Ultimate Magic Sponge works with just water thanks to its microscrubber technology, though it can also be used with a cleaning solution to boost that cleaner's performance on tougher stains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the Ultimate Magic Sponge be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for walls, appliances, bathtubs, oven doors, tile, and vinyl, and is recommended for shower, tile, and wall surfaces around the home, auto, RV, or boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this sponge remove permanent marker stains?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge is designed to erase permanent marker stains along with scuff marks and bruised baseboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this different from a standard melamine sponge?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 41018 sponge features a reinforced core for added strength, which helps it hold up to tough stains and scuffs without breaking down as quickly as a basic melamine sponge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the Ultimate Magic Sponge?\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly dampen the sponge, squeeze out excess water, apply a cleaner to the surface or sponge if desired, gently scrub the area, then rinse or wipe it clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the sponge made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge is made of plastic and vinyl materials in its melamine-style scrubbing construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sponge sold individually or only as a multipack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 41018 is sold as an 18-count pack, with each sponge individually wrapped for single use or resale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this sponge be used on vinyl boat surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is listed among the recommended uses for vinyl cleaning, along with fiberglass, boat upkeep, and general marine cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does one pack of the Ultimate Magic Sponge weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 18-pack of Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge (41018) weighs 0.02 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Ultimate Magic Sponge scratch surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for surfaces such as tile, vinyl, and painted walls when used as directed with light dampening and gentle scrubbing; always test an inconspicuous area first for delicate finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each 41018 pack includes 18 separately wrapped Ultimate Magic Sponges packaged in a cardboard display box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017539166427,"sku":"STR-041018","price":2.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41018.A1_1a5c128f-4b01-4de4-9fa1-821931a090d6.jpg?v=1784937400"},{"product_id":"star-brite-ultimate-magic-sponge-xl-scuff-and-stain-eraser-cleaning-pad","title":"Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge XL Scuff and Stain Eraser Cleaning Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge XL is a multipurpose cleaning pad built to erase tough messes on its own and to boost the performance of your favorite cleaners when used alongside them. At the center of the pad is a robust, reinforced core that adds strength for tackling stubborn stains and scuffs, while cutting-edge microscrubbers on the surface dig into grooves and texture to lift away built-up dirt and grime with minimal scrubbing effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is suited to a wide range of jobs around the home, RV, auto, and boat, including removing scuff marks, cleaning bruised baseboards, erasing permanent marker stains, and refreshing walls, appliances, bathtubs, shower tiles, and oven doors. The pad is designed for use on vinyl, plastic, fiberglass, glass, stone, and wood surfaces, making it a go-to pad for both routine cleanup and stubborn spot removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41008\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultimate Magic Sponge XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Recommendation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass, Plastic, Por, Stone, Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, reinforced core\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.875 inches L x 4 inches W x 1.75 inches Thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247410044\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge XL used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a multipurpose cleaning pad, part number 41008, designed to erase dirt, grime, scuff marks, and streaks from surfaces at home, in an RV, in a vehicle, or on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite Ultimate Magic Sponge XL (41008) is recommended for glass, plastic, stone, and wood surfaces, and it also removes scuffs and stains from vinyl and fiberglass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad measures 6.875 inches long, 4 inches wide, and 1.75 inches thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Star brite 41008 sponge weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e This cleaning pad is made of plastic and vinyl, built around a reinforced core for added strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL work with regular cleaning products?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the sponge cleans effectively on its own and can also be used with your favorite cleaners to supercharge their performance for tougher jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kinds of stains does the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL remove?\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite designed the 41008 Ultimate Magic Sponge XL to remove built-up dirt and grime, scuff marks, bruised baseboard marks, and permanent marker stains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL be used in the bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is suited for cleaning showers, tubs, and tiles in addition to walls, appliances, and oven doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL have a reinforced core?\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced core in the Star brite 41008 gives the pad added strength so it holds up under repeated scrubbing on tough stains and scuffs without breaking down quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces should be avoided with the Ultimate Magic Sponge XL?\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite markets the 41008 for glass, plastic, stone, and wood along with vinyl and fiberglass; it is not marketed for surfaces outside these recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017539297499,"sku":"STR-041008","price":6.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41008.jpg?v=1784937399"},{"product_id":"star-brite-extend-a-brush-boat-hook-attachment-for-3-6-and-5-10-foot-handles","title":"Star brite Extend-A-Brush Boat Hook Attachment for 3-6 and 5-10 Foot Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Extend-A-Brush Boat Hook Attachment turns any Extend-A-Brush Premium handle into a boat hook for docking, mooring, and managing lines, plus reaching hard-to-access spots around the house. It is molded from glass-reinforced nylon for durability both on and off the water, and its curved hook design is built specifically for handling ropes and lines during docking so you can bring a boat in or fend off without straining to reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA non-skid pusher tip is built into the attachment to help prevent slips, giving you a more secure grip whether you are pushing off a dock, snagging a mooring line, or steadying the boat during a landing. Beyond boating tasks, the same reach and hook shape make it useful for cleaning gutters, windows, and other elevated or hard-to-reach areas around the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis attachment is compatible with all Star brite Extend-A-Brush Premium handles, including the models that extend from 3 feet to 6 feet and from 5 feet to 10 feet, so it works with whichever Extend-A-Brush handle length you already own. The quick connect\/disconnect style fitting shared across the Extend-A-Brush line lets you swap this hook attachment on and off the same handle you use for brushes and mop heads, making one handle a multi-purpose tool for both cleaning and docking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40033\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat hook attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-reinforced nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite Extend-A-Brush Premium handles, including 3 foot to 6 foot and 5 foot to 10 foot extending handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-skid pusher tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247400335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Star brite Extend-A-Brush Boat Hook Attachment used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It converts a Star brite Extend-A-Brush Premium handle into a boat hook for docking, mooring, and handling ropes and lines, and it also works for reaching gutters, windows, and other hard-to-access spots around the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich handles is part number 40033 compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e This attachment is compatible with all Star brite Extend-A-Brush Premium handles, including the versions that extend from 3 feet to 6 feet and from 5 feet to 10 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the boat hook attachment made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40033 boat hook attachment is made from glass-reinforced nylon, chosen for durability during repeated use on and off the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the attachment have any anti-slip features?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 40033 has a non-skid pusher tip that helps prevent slips and provides a more secure grip during docking, mooring, and cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this attachment be used for anything besides boating?\u003c\/strong\u003e Beyond docking and mooring, the Extend-A-Brush Boat Hook Attachment is also useful for household tasks like cleaning gutters, windows, and other elevated or hard-to-reach areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the boat hook attachment come with a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, part number 40033 is the hook attachment only; it is designed to connect to a Star brite Extend-A-Brush Premium handle, which is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Star brite 40033 boat hook attachment weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Extend-A-Brush Boat Hook Attachment?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this attachment for handling docking lines and ropes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the hook shape on part number 40033 is specifically designed to simplify the handling of ropes and lines during docking and mooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Star brite Extend-A-Brush Boat Hook Attachment genuine Star brite?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 40033 is a genuine Star brite product designed to work with the Star brite Extend-A-Brush Premium handle system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017539363035,"sku":"STR-40033","price":14.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40033.A1_9bfc05b7-eb80-4ca1-b866-bbdb01b8860f.jpg?v=1784937399"},{"product_id":"star-brite-screw-thread-adapter-for-extend-a-brush-handles-glass-reinforced-nylon","title":"Star brite Screw Thread Adapter for Extend-A-Brush Handles, Glass-Reinforced Nylon","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Screw Thread Adapter is a small but essential accessory that lets you attach screw-thread cleaning tools, such as brushes and scrub pads, to Star brite and West Marine Extend-A-Brush handles. It is built from glass-reinforced nylon, a tough, corrosion-resistant material chosen to hold up against saltwater exposure, UV rays, and extreme temperatures encountered in marine environments. The adapter's design allows for quick and secure attachment and detachment of accessories, so you can switch between brushes and scrub pads without wrestling with a stuck or loose fitting. Because the threading is precision-engineered, the connection stays tight during rigorous scrubbing, eliminating the wobble or slippage that can occur with worn or generic adapters. Despite its durable construction, the adapter is lightweight, adding minimal bulk or weight to your existing handle setup. It is intended for boat owners and marine enthusiasts who want to expand the versatility of a single Extend-A-Brush handle by giving it the ability to run multiple screw-thread attachments. Whether you are washing the hull, scrubbing the deck, or cleaning hard-to-reach areas, this adapter helps make your cleaning kit more efficient by letting one handle do the work of several dedicated tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40034\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw Thread Adapter for Extend-A-Brush Handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-reinforced nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite and West Marine Extend-A-Brush handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.04 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 071247400342\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Star brite Screw Thread Adapter (40034) used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It connects screw-thread cleaning accessories, such as brushes and scrub pads, to Star brite and West Marine Extend-A-Brush handles, letting one handle work with multiple attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this adapter fit my Extend-A-Brush handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 40034 adapter is designed to connect seamlessly with Star brite and West Marine Extend-A-Brush handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 40034 adapter made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from glass-reinforced nylon, chosen for its resistance to saltwater, UV exposure, and extreme temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Star brite Screw Thread Adapter weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 40034 adapter weighs 0.04 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the adapter easy to attach and remove?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 40034 adapter features a quick and secure attachment mechanism so accessories can be swapped rapidly without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this adapter with brushes and scrub pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 40034 adapter is compatible with a variety of screw-thread accessories, including brushes and scrub pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Star brite 40034 adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this adapter durable enough for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The glass-reinforced nylon construction of the 40034 adapter is designed to resist the damaging effects of saltwater, UV rays, and extreme temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the adapter come loose during scrubbing?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 40034 adapter is precision-engineered for a tight, reliable fit that stays secure during rigorous cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Star brite 40034 adapter heavy to use on an extended handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, at 0.04 pounds the adapter is lightweight, adding minimal bulk while still providing sturdy construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the 40034 adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e The order includes one Star brite Screw Thread Adapter (item 40034); it does not include a handle or cleaning accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017539330267,"sku":"STR-40034","price":6.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40034.A1_2ba93651-a1b4-4d02-a578-f6912f1b249f.jpg?v=1784937399"},{"product_id":"star-brite-heavy-duty-6-inch-stiff-bristle-hand-scrub-brush-with-ergonomic-grip","title":"Star brite Heavy-Duty 6 Inch Stiff Bristle Hand Scrub Brush with Ergonomic Grip","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Star brite Heavy-Duty 6 Inch Stiff Bristle Hand Scrub Brush is built for cleaning jobs that need more muscle than a sponge or cloth can provide. Its medium-to-stiff bristles are engineered to cut through tough, built-up stains on a wide range of surfaces, including vinyl, floors, baseboards, walls, countertops, tile, and grout lines. The bristles are chemical-resistant and formulated to resist staining, discoloration, and odor absorption, so the brush stays fresh and effective even after repeated heavy-duty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brush is set into a sturdy plastic block with an ergonomic, wrap-around handle design that gives a comfortable, secure grip and helps reduce hand fatigue during extended scrubbing sessions. Construction is heat resistant and holds up to wear without deforming, making it suited to both marine and household cleaning tasks. It works well on weathered vinyl boat upholstery as well as bathrooms, kitchens, and tiled areas ashore. Pair it with a cleaning solution of choice and scrub in a circular motion for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Star brite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40027\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Stiffness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium to stiff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Properties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chemical-resistant, stain-resistant, odor-resistant, heat resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergonomic, wrap-around comfort grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches long x 6 inches wide x 6 inches high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, vinyl, floors, baseboards, walls, countertops, tile, and grout lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the Star brite 40027 scrub brush be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40027 hand scrub brush is designed for vinyl, floors, baseboards, walls, countertops, tile, and grout lines, making it suited to both boat upholstery and household surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bristles stiff enough for tough stains?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 40027 brush has medium-to-stiff bristles specifically engineered to tackle tough, built-up stains without excessive effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the brush scratch surfaces like vinyl or tile?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bristles on the Star brite 40027 are designed to remove buildup and stains without causing wear and tear to the surface being cleaned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the brush stain or hold odors after repeated use?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The bristle material used in the Star brite 40027 is engineered to resist staining, discoloration, and odor absorption, so the brush stays clean and fresh over repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle made of and is it comfortable to hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle is a sturdy plastic block with an ergonomic, wrap-around design, giving a secure, comfortable grip during heavy-duty scrubbing with the 40027 brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Star brite 40027 scrub brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 40027 measures 6 inches long by 6 inches wide by 6 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 40027 scrub brush weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Star brite 40027 hand scrub brush weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this brush handle heat or repeated heavy use without breaking down?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 40027 is built with heat-resistant, chemical-resistant construction so it holds up to repeated, heavy-duty cleaning without deforming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this brush good for cleaning boat upholstery?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Star brite 40027 is effective for rejuvenating old, weathered vinyl boat upholstery in addition to general household cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many brushes come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each package of the Star brite 40027 contains one hand scrub brush with an attached handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a special cleaning solution to use this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e No special solution is required; the 40027 is designed to be used with your preferred cleaning solution, scrubbing the surface in a circular motion for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Star brite 40027 scrub brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 40027 hand scrub brush is white.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Star brite","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017539461339,"sku":"STR-40027","price":8.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/40027.A1_3e37a4c9-b1cb-42df-833d-0a9a7d3e593e.jpg?v=1784937399"},{"product_id":"shurhold-240-bucket-base-non-skid-ring-for-5-gallon-and-3-5-gallon-buckets","title":"Shurhold 240 Bucket Base - Non-Skid Ring for 5 Gallon and 3.5 Gallon Buckets","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Bucket Base is a non-skid, non-marking ring designed to keep 5 gallon and 3.5 gallon buckets from sliding, toppling, or scratching your boat, RV, or garage surfaces. Anyone who uses a 5 gallon pail for fishing, diving, carrying tools, or cleaning knows how easily a bucket can slide across a wet deck or tip over when brushes or gear are loaded inside it. The Bucket Base sits under the bucket and grips the surface, stopping the problem before it starts, while also protecting fiberglass and teak decking from scuffs and scratches caused by a bare bucket bottom sliding around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade from durable plastic, the round base is built to hold up to regular use on deck, dock, or driveway, and it floats if it goes overboard. It is sized to fit most 5 gallon and 3.5 gallon pails with a base diameter of 10.25 to 10.5 inches, making it a simple add-on for buckets you already own. Note that the bucket itself is not included; the Bucket Base is the non-skid ring accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Teak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.5 inches L x 12.5 inches W x 2 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity Fit Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits 5 gallon and 3.5 gallon buckets with a base diameter of 10.25 to 10.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuoyancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120910\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 240 Bucket Base used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a non-skid, non-marking ring that sits under a 5 gallon or 3.5 gallon bucket to stop it from sliding or toppling over, which is especially useful when brushes or gear are loaded inside the bucket on a boat deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Bucket Base fit both 5 gallon and 3.5 gallon buckets?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Bucket Base fits most 5 gallon and 3.5 gallon pails that have a base diameter of 10.25 to 10.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a bucket included with part number 240?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Bucket Base is sold as the non-skid ring accessory only; the bucket itself is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Bucket Base made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 240 Bucket Base is made of durable plastic designed to hold up to regular use on deck, dock, or driveway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Bucket Base scratch my boat's fiberglass or teak deck?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Bucket Base is designed to be non-marking, helping prevent the scratches and scuffs that can occur when a bare bucket bottom slides around on fiberglass or teak surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold Bucket Base float if it falls in the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Bucket Base floats, so it is less likely to be lost overboard if it slides off a deck or dock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Bucket Base weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 240 Bucket Base weighs 0.85 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold 240 Bucket Base?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bucket Base is offered in a Teak color.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shape is the Bucket Base and what are its dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bucket Base is round, measuring 12.5 inches long by 12.5 inches wide by 2 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Bucket Base come with a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold 240 Bucket Base does not include a lid; it is the non-skid base ring only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Bucket Base be used on a driveway or in a garage, or is it only for boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bucket Base works anywhere a 5 gallon or 3.5 gallon bucket is used, including boats, RVs, driveways, and garages, since it simply stops the bucket from sliding or toppling on hard surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026423849179,"sku":"SUR-240","price":14.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/5g_bucket_w_base.jpg?v=1785025843"},{"product_id":"shurhold-1901-paddle-attachment-paddle-only-compatible-with-all-shurhold-handles","title":"Shurhold 1901 Paddle Attachment - Paddle Only, Compatible with All Shurhold Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 1901 Paddle Attachment is a paddle head designed to attach to any Shurhold handle, giving boaters a compact, ready-to-use paddle for unexpected situations on the water. It is built for moments when an engine stalls or a small boat needs to be moved quietly and manually, such as navigating shallow flats or maneuvering around a dock without running a motor. Because it attaches to the Shurhold handle system, the paddle head itself is sold separately from the handle, allowing owners who already carry Shurhold handles for cleaning or maintenance tools to add paddle functionality without buying a full standalone paddle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEven on boats equipped with dual engines, having a manual paddle on board is a recognized safety practice for the rare occasions when both engines are unavailable. The Shurhold 1901 measures 28 x 8 x 2 inches and weighs 1.3 pounds, making it compact enough to stow in a console or under a seat until it is needed. It is compatible with all Shurhold handles, which are sold separately, so it integrates directly into the same handle system used for Shurhold brushes and other attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1901\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paddle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 x 8 x 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kayak Paddles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485519011\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits all Shurhold handles (handle sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 1901 include a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold 1901 is the paddle head only; it is compatible with all Shurhold handles, which are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 1901 paddle attachment?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1901 measures 28 x 8 x 2 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 1901 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 1.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 1901 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a paddle attachment intended for emergencies such as engine failure, or for quietly moving a small boat around shallow flats without running the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Shurhold 1901 fit any Shurhold handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 1901 paddle attachment is compatible with all Shurhold handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a paddle necessary on a boat with two engines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Even on a double-engine center console, keeping the Shurhold 1901 paddle attachment on board is considered a good safety practice for unexpected emergencies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does the Shurhold 1901 fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1901 is listed as a kayak paddle in the Kayak Paddles category.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Shurhold 1901 be used to quietly maneuver a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is suited for quietly moving a small boat around the flats without running the engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Shurhold 1901 paddle attachment?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Shurhold 1901 paddle attachment is 703485519011.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 1901 sold as a complete paddle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold 1901 is the paddle head only and requires a separately sold Shurhold handle to function as a complete paddle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026423816411,"sku":"SUR-1901","price":40.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/1901v2.jpg?v=1785025840"},{"product_id":"shurhold-1701-fine-scrubber-pad-2-pack-white-4-5-x-10-inch-fits-swivel-pad-base","title":"Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad, 2-Pack, White, 4.5 x 10 Inch, Fits Swivel Pad Base","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad is a white, low-abrasion cleaning pad designed for light teak cleaning, non-skid surfaces, and other durable finishes that need a gentler touch. Each pad measures 4.5 inches by 10 inches, giving efficient coverage and control during routine cleaning sessions. Sold as a 2-pack, the Fine Scrubber Pad is one of three abrasiveness levels offered in the Shurhold Scrubber Pad line (Fine, Medium, and Coarse), letting boat owners match the pad texture to the job at hand rather than using a single all-purpose pad that may be too harsh for delicate surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is built to attach to the Shurhold Swivel Pad Base (#1700), which is sold separately. The Swivel Pad Base uses a flexible head and a hook and latch face to hold the Scrubber Pad securely while allowing it to swivel and reach hard-to-access surfaces such as hull sides, non-skid decking, and tight corners. The Fine Scrubber Pad is manufactured in the USA and is intended for repeated use as part of a regular boat cleaning and detailing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1701\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scrubber Pad-Fine (2 Pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbrasiveness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5 inches x 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pads per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Swivel Pad Base (#1700), sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light teak cleaning, non-skid surfaces, and other durable finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485617014\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits the Shurhold Swivel Pad Base (#1700).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad is designed for light teak cleaning, non-skid surfaces, and other durable finishes where a gentler abrasive is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in the Shurhold 1701 pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Fine Scrubber Pads are included in each Shurhold 1701 pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is each Shurhold 1701 Scrubber Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pad measures 4.5 inches by 10 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 1701 Scrubber Pad include the handle base?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Swivel Pad Base (#1700) that the pad attaches to is sold separately from the Shurhold 1701 Scrubber Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Fine Scrubber Pad and how do I tell it apart from other grits?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fine version, Shurhold part number 1701, is white. Shurhold also offers a Medium pad in blue and a Coarse pad in brown, so the color identifies the abrasiveness level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad safe for non-skid decking?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Fine Scrubber Pad is intended for use on non-skid surfaces as well as light teak cleaning and other durable finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat base does the Shurhold 1701 attach to?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad attaches to the Shurhold Swivel Pad Base (#1700) via a hook and latch face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 1701 Scrubber Pad 2-pack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1701 Scrubber Pad 2-pack weighs 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold 1701 Scrubber Pad made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Fine Scrubber Pad, part number 1701, is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I use the Fine or Coarse Shurhold Scrubber Pad for bottom paint prep?\u003c\/strong\u003e For heavy-duty teak scrubbing and bottom paint prep, the Coarse (brown) Scrubber Pad is the better choice; the Fine (white) 1701 pad is meant for lighter cleaning tasks like non-skid surfaces and light teak cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad 2-pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Shurhold 1701 Fine Scrubber Pad 2-pack is 703485617014.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424111323,"sku":"SUR-1701","price":8.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_1701x2_1200x1200_f480350a-9909-428f-8164-5312f105babb.jpg?v=1785025848"},{"product_id":"shurhold-220-pva-drying-towel-ultra-absorbent-chamois-style-cloth-17-x-27-inches","title":"Shurhold 220 PVA Drying Towel, Ultra-Absorbent Chamois-Style Cloth, 17 x 27 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 220 PVA Drying Towel is an ultra-absorbent synthetic drying cloth made from Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA), engineered to hold 50% more water than natural chamois. It is designed to dry boats, cars, and RVs faster while resisting mold, mildew, and odors, and it leaves surfaces free of lint or residue. The towel measures 17 inches x 27 inches (43 cm x 69 cm), a large size that covers more surface area per pass and reduces the number of wipe-downs needed after a wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo use, dampen the towel before its first use, then wipe surfaces until saturated. Wring it out and repeat as needed. After use, wring the towel out before storing it, which helps it last longer and stay ready for the next use. The PVA material is safe on all surfaces, making it suitable for hulls, glass, chrome, and interior surfaces alike. Its mold- and mildew-resistant construction means it can be reused wash after wash without developing the odors common to natural chamois.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVA Towel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 inches x 27 inches (43 cm x 69 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 towel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds 50% more water than natural chamois\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushes \u0026amp; Handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 220 PVA Drying Towel made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA), a high-tech synthetic material that mimics the absorbency of natural chamois while resisting mold, mildew, and odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Shurhold PVA Towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The towel measures 17 inches x 27 inches (43 cm x 69 cm), a large size intended to cover more surface area per wipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much water can this towel hold compared to a chamois?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 220 PVA Drying Towel absorbs 50% more water than a natural chamois of similar size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the PVA towel safe to use on all boat surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the material is safe on all surfaces, including fiberglass, gelcoat, glass, and chrome, and it will not leave lint or residue behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the Shurhold 220 towel for the first time?\u003c\/strong\u003e Dampen the towel before its first use, then wipe the surface until the towel is saturated, wring it out, and repeat as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should the towel be stored between uses?\u003c\/strong\u003e Wring the PVA towel out before storing it so it stays ready and performs well the next time it is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 220 towel develop mold or mildew like a natural chamois can?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the PVA material used in the Shurhold 220 Drying Towel resists mold, mildew, and the odors that can develop in natural chamois.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold PVA Towel weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 220 PVA Drying Towel weighs 0.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this towel reusable or disposable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 220 is a reusable drying towel; it is wrung out and reused rather than discarded after a single use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the Shurhold 220?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Shurhold 220 gets you one 17 inch x 27 inch PVA drying towel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this PVA towel and a natural chamois?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 220 PVA Drying Towel absorbs 50% more water than natural chamois and resists mold and mildew, whereas natural chamois can develop odors and does not hold as much water.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424275163,"sku":"SUR-220","price":15.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_cleaningaccessories17_1200x1200_27270cc8-0a77-4493-99ac-59dc926d466e.jpg?v=1785025848"},{"product_id":"shurhold-swivel-pad-base-1700-shur-lok-scrubber-pad-holder-for-all-shurhold-handles","title":"Shurhold Swivel Pad Base #1700 - SHUR-LOK Scrubber Pad Holder for All Shurhold Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Swivel Pad Base (#1700) is a flexible cleaning head that attaches to any Shurhold handle to give boat owners a versatile, hard-working scrubber for decks, hulls, non-skid surfaces, cleats, rails, and tight corners. The base features a large 9.25 inch x 3.75 inch face fitted with a hook and latch teeth system, allowing you to quickly snap on and swap between Shurhold's Scrubber Pads or the Synthetic Lambs Wool Cover without tools or fuss. Its swiveling head pivots as you work, helping the attached pad maintain full contact on angled, curved, or uneven surfaces so you cover more area with fewer skipped spots and less repeated passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt with the SHUR-LOK connector, the base locks securely onto any Shurhold handle for steady control while you scrub, then detaches just as easily when you are done or need to switch tools. The black base is built to hold up to repeated use in wet, demanding marine environments, making it equally at home detailing a cockpit, cleaning a swim platform, refreshing topsides, or scrubbing the waterline. Because the Swivel Pad Base is sold separately from both the handle and the pads, it works as a standalone upgrade for anyone already invested in the Shurhold One Handle Does It All system, letting you expand your cleaning kit one attachment at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1700\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivel Pad Base (Swivel Scrubbers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Face Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.25 inches x 3.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SHUR-LOK handle connection with hook and latch pad face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits all Shurhold handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Attachments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Scrubber Pads (#1701, #1702) and Synthetic Lambs Wool Cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485617007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Swivel Pad Base used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Swivel Pad Base (#1700) is a cleaning head that holds scrubber pads or a lambs wool cover for washing decks, hulls, non-skid surfaces, and other boat surfaces when attached to a Shurhold handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Swivel Pad Base come with a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Swivel Pad Base #1700 is sold separately from Shurhold handles; it attaches to any Shurhold handle using the SHUR-LOK connection system, which is also sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the pad face?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Swivel Pad Base #1700 has a face measuring 9.25 inches by 3.75 inches, sized to accept Shurhold's Scrubber Pads and Synthetic Lambs Wool Cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Shurhold handles fit this pad base?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Swivel Pad Base #1700 fits all Shurhold handles thanks to the universal SHUR-LOK attachment system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pads or covers work with the Swivel Pad Base?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1700 is compatible with Shurhold Scrubber Pads (#1701 and #1702, sold in 2-packs by texture) as well as the Synthetic Lambs Wool Cover, all of which attach via the hook and latch face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the base swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The swivel head on the Shurhold Swivel Pad Base pivots as you scrub, helping the attached pad keep full contact on curved, angled, or uneven surfaces so you cover cleats, rails, and corners with fewer missed spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Swivel Pad Base weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Swivel Pad Base #1700 weighs 0.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you attach and remove pads from the base?\u003c\/strong\u003e Pads and covers snap onto the hook and latch face of the Swivel Pad Base #1700 and can be removed and swapped in seconds without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold Swivel Pad Base?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Swivel Pad Base #1700 has a black base construction built to hold up in wet, demanding marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this base be used for tasks other than deck washing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Swivel Pad Base #1700 is versatile enough for cockpit detailing, swim platform cleaning, topside washing, and waterline scrubbing when paired with the appropriate Shurhold pad.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424176859,"sku":"SUR-1700","price":29.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/swivel_pad-01.jpg?v=1785025848"},{"product_id":"shurhold-hammerhead-brush-2110-dual-level-pvx-bristle-deck-and-hull-scrub-brush","title":"Shurhold Hammerhead Brush 2110 - Dual-Level PVX Bristle Deck and Hull Scrub Brush","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Hammerhead Brush (2110) is an all-in-one scrubbing tool built for boats, vehicles, and outdoor surfaces where stubborn grime and salt buildup need real cleaning power. Its bi-level design packs over 300 densely set PVX fibers at varying angles, giving the brush two distinct cleaning zones so it removes dirt effectively on both horizontal surfaces like decks and vertical surfaces like hulls and topsides. The soft, contoured plastic body has a non-slip grip that stays comfortable and secure during hand scrubbing, while a wraparound bumper helps protect gelcoat and painted finishes from accidental dings as you work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor extended reach or added leverage, the Hammerhead Brush uses the SHUR-LOK II quick-release system to snap onto any Shurhold handle, locking in place with the push of a button so it will not spin or pop off mid-scrub. It is compatible with all Shurhold handles, which are sold separately, though it is not compatible with the Handle Mate PFD or the Curved Adapter. Whether used by hand for close-up detailing or mounted to a handle for hard-to-reach areas, this brush is a versatile choice for deck cleaning, hull washing, and general vehicle or household scrubbing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\/White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVX fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e Over 300 fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 inches L x 6 inches W x 4 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SHUR-LOK II quick-release system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with all Shurhold handles (sold separately); not compatible with Handle Mate PFD or Curved Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces is the Shurhold Hammerhead Brush 2110 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hammerhead Brush is designed for both horizontal and vertical surfaces, making it effective as a deck brush and for scrubbing hulls and topsides, thanks to its bi-level bristle design with fibers set at varying angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hammerhead Brush attach to an extension handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 2110 uses the SHUR-LOK II quick-release system and is compatible with all Shurhold handles, sold separately, so it locks securely into place with the push of a button for extended reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Hammerhead Brush with the Handle Mate PFD or Curved Adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Hammerhead Brush is not compatible with the Handle Mate PFD or the Curved Adapter, even though it works with all standard Shurhold handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the bristles made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bristles are PVX fibers, with more than 300 densely packed fibers set at different angles on the brush head to remove grime and salt without scratching the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 2110 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hammerhead Brush measures 10 inches long by 6 inches wide by 4 inches high, with an item length of 9.25 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Hammerhead Brush weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 2110 Hammerhead Brush weighs 1.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hammerhead Brush safe to use on gelcoat and painted surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the soft PVX bristles and wraparound bumper on the Hammerhead Brush are designed to clean effectively while helping protect gelcoat and painted finishes from dings and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Hammerhead Brush be used without a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the contoured body has a non-slip grip that makes the Hammerhead Brush comfortable to use by hand for up-close scrubbing, in addition to snapping onto a Shurhold handle for extended reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold 2110 Hammerhead Brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hammerhead Brush is Blue and White.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the Hammerhead Brush 2110?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 2110 order includes the brush only; handles are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the SHUR-LOK II system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SHUR-LOK II quick-release system on the Hammerhead Brush lets it snap onto a compatible Shurhold handle with the push of a button, locking it in place so it will not spin or pop off during use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424307931,"sku":"SUR-2110","price":29.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/blue_brush-01.jpg?v=1785025848"},{"product_id":"shurhold-soft-brush-with-handle-6-inch-deck-brush-with-48-inch-threaded-wooden-handle-part-1960","title":"Shurhold Soft Brush With Handle, 6 Inch Deck Brush with 48 Inch Threaded Wooden Handle, Part 1960","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Soft Brush With Handle (part number 1960) pairs the world's best deck brush with a fixed 48-inch (122 cm) threaded wooden handle for a classic, reliable feel. This one-piece design is built for boaters who want dependable scrubbing power without switching components or setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 6-inch (15 cm) soft brush head features split-end fibers that hold more soap and water while remaining gentle enough for gelcoat, fiberglass, and painted surfaces. The threaded wooden handle provides stability during cleaning while its compact 48-inch length makes it perfect for under-gunnel storage, so it stays out of the way when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the handle is fixed to the brush in a one-piece construction, part number 1960 is not compatible with other Shurhold handles. It is a self-contained cleaning tool ready to use straight out of the box for washing decks, hulls, and other boat surfaces where a soft-bristle touch is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1960\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Brush With Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e On A Stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush Bristle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, split-end fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches (15 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 inches (122 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Threaded, fixed one-piece design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene, Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Recommendation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gelcoat, fiberglass, and painted surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for under-gunnel storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.51 inches L x 10.51 inches W x 55 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible with other Shurhold handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Soft Brush With Handle (part 1960) used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a 6-inch soft-bristle deck brush mounted on a fixed 48-inch threaded wooden handle, designed for washing decks, hulls, and other boat surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs part number 1960 safe to use on gelcoat and fiberglass?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the split-end fibers on this brush are gentle enough for gelcoat, fiberglass, and painted surfaces while still holding plenty of soap and water for effective cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the handle be removed or swapped for a different Shurhold handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Soft Brush With Handle is a one-piece design with the 48-inch wooden handle threaded and fixed to the brush, and it is not compatible with other Shurhold handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the handle on this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The wooden handle measures 48 inches (122 cm), long enough for extended reach while still being compact enough for under-gunnel storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is the brush head on part 1960?\u003c\/strong\u003e The brush head is 6 inches (15 cm) wide, sized for maneuverable cleaning of decks and hulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle on the Shurhold Soft Brush With Handle is made of wood, giving it a classic, reliable feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Soft Brush With Handle weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This brush and handle combination weighs 2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this brush come fully assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part 1960 ships as a complete one-piece unit with the soft brush already mounted on the 48-inch threaded wooden handle, ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose the fixed-handle version over a modular Shurhold brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fixed-handle design of part 1960 offers a classic, reliable feel in a single one-piece tool, while modular Shurhold brush heads are designed to snap onto interchangeable handles instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this brush easy to store on a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its compact size makes the Soft Brush With Handle well suited to under-gunnel storage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold Soft Brush With Handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1960 has a brown wooden handle paired with the brush head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of this brush and handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft Brush With Handle measures 5.51 inches long by 10.51 inches wide by 55 inches high as packaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424340699,"sku":"SUR-1960","price":29.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/1960_brush_1000.jpg?v=1785025850"},{"product_id":"shurhold-soft-n-thirsty-mop-with-handle-48-inch-chamois-deck-mop-with-wood-handle","title":"Shurhold Soft-N-Thirsty Mop with Handle, 48 Inch Chamois Deck Mop with Wood Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle is a one-piece chamois-style deck mop built to dry boats, RVs, and vehicles quickly after washdowns. The mop head is made with tough synthetic strips designed to soak up water fast, so you spend less time chasing puddles and more time enjoying a streak-free finish. The strip head measures 5\/8 inch (16mm) wide and is mounted on a 48 inch (122 cm) wood handle, giving you steady reach and control across decks, hulls, RV sidewalls, and auto body panels without constant bending or kneeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause this is a one-piece mop and handle design, the Soft-N-Thirsty Mop is not compatible with Shurhold SHUR-LOK handles -- the handle is permanently fitted to this mop head rather than swappable. The synthetic strip construction is designed to work harder than a standard towel, lifting water out of non-skid textures, grooves, and corners for a faster, more efficient dry-off after every rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1113\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMop Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e On A Stick (one-piece mop and handle)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 inches (122 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrip Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/8 inch (16 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) synthetic strips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible with Shurhold SHUR-LOK handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the handle on the Shurhold Soft-N-Thirsty Mop?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle (part number 1113) has a 48 inch (122 cm) wood handle attached to the mop head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the mop head made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft-N-Thirsty Mop head is made with tough synthetic strips of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), a chamois-style material designed to soak up water quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I replace just the mop head and keep the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Shurhold Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle is a one-piece design, so the mop head and the 48 inch wood handle are not separated or swapped independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this mop compatible with Shurhold SHUR-LOK handles?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle (1113) is not compatible with Shurhold SHUR-LOK handles since it is a one-piece mop and handle unit rather than a modular head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide are the mop strips?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each synthetic strip on the Soft-N-Thirsty Mop measures 5\/8 inch (16 mm) wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Soft-N-Thirsty Mop?\u003c\/strong\u003e This mop's synthetic strip head is yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Soft-N-Thirsty Mop With Handle weighs 1 pound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces is this mop meant for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft-N-Thirsty Mop is designed for drying boat decks, hulls, RV sidewalls, and vehicle body panels after washdowns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the mop come fully assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 1113 ships as a complete one-piece unit with the synthetic strip mop head already attached to the 48 inch wood handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use synthetic strips instead of a towel for drying?\u003c\/strong\u003e The synthetic strip design of the Soft-N-Thirsty Mop is built to soak up water faster than a standard towel, helping dry boats, RVs, and vehicles more efficiently after a rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424373467,"sku":"SUR-1113","price":44.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_1113.jpg?v=1785025853"},{"product_id":"shurhold-coarse-scrubber-pad-2-pack-1703","title":"Shurhold Coarse Scrubber Pad, 2-Pack (1703)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Coarse Scrubber Pad (2-Pack) is a heavy-duty scrubbing pad designed to tackle tough dirt, grime, and stains on boats and other surfaces where extra abrasion is needed. Each pack includes two coarse pads, giving you a spare on hand or the ability to keep one for particularly stubborn jobs while saving the other for routine use. The coarse texture is built to cut through built-up grime that lighter-duty pads and cloths cannot handle on their own, making it a useful addition to a boat cleaning kit alongside brushes and handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1703\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTexture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coarse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in the Shurhold 1703 pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1703 pack includes 2 coarse scrubber pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat texture is the Shurhold 1703 scrubber pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a coarse-texture pad, intended for tougher scrubbing jobs than a standard or fine pad would handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 1703 scrubber pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2-pack weighs 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold coarse scrubber pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is used for scrubbing dirt, grime, and stains off surfaces such as boats, where a more aggressive pad is needed to cut through buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 1703 pad sold as a single pad or a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 1703 is sold as a 2-pack, not a single pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does the Shurhold 1703 scrubber pad belong to?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is categorized under brushes and handles, as a compatible scrubbing pad accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Shurhold coarse scrubber pad replace a fine or standard pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1703 is specifically the coarse version, meant for heavier-duty scrubbing than a fine or standard pad; choose it when extra abrasion is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order the Shurhold 1703?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Shurhold 1703 gets you 2 coarse scrubber pads.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424406235,"sku":"SUR-1703","price":8.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_1703x2_1200x1200_00a45119-b800-4077-ab7f-b65bb37c8238.jpg?v=1785025848"},{"product_id":"shurhold-angled-floor-broom-snap-on-sweep-head-for-boat-rv-and-home-cleaning","title":"Shurhold Angled Floor Broom - Snap-On Sweep Head for Boat, RV, and Home Cleaning","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Angled Floor Broom is a snap-fit sweep head built to handle everyday sweeping on boats, RVs, in garages, and around the home. Its angled head and flared bristles are designed to reach into corners and tight spaces where a standard straight broom cannot, making quick work of dirt, sand, and debris on deck surfaces and floors alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bristles are made from the same high-quality synthetic fibers used in Shurhold's deck brushes, giving the broom durable, effective sweeping performance without adding unnecessary weight. The head has a lightweight, compact design that makes it easy to maneuver in confined spaces and simple to store when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis broom head snaps onto any Shurhold handle using the SHUR-LOK quick-release system, so it works with the full range of Shurhold handles (sold separately). The broom head is sold on its own; the handle is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mops \u0026amp; Brooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic Fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flagged Bristle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor Cleaning, Dusting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broom head only (handle not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snaps onto all Shurhold handles (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485501207\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom come with a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the broom is sold as a broom head only; a Shurhold handle must be purchased separately to use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat handles fit the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom (120)?\u003c\/strong\u003e It snaps onto any Shurhold handle using the SHUR-LOK quick-release system, so it is compatible with the full range of Shurhold handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the bristles made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Angled Floor Broom uses durable synthetic fibers, the same type of bristles used in Shurhold's deck brushes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The broom head weighs 1 pound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle diameter this broom fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Angled Floor Broom snaps onto handles with a 1 inch diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I use the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for sweeping on boats, RVs, garage floors, and home floor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the broom head angled?\u003c\/strong\u003e The angled design with flared bristles lets the broom reach into corners and tight spaces that a straight broom head misses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom durable for regular use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, model 120 is built with the same tough synthetic bristles used in Shurhold's deck brushes, made for repeated sweeping on decks and floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the Shurhold Angled Floor Broom?\u003c\/strong\u003e You receive the broom head only; no handle is included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Angled Floor Broom different from a Shurhold deck brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Angled Floor Broom is designed for sweeping floors and decks with an angled head for corners, while using bristle material shared with Shurhold's deck brush line.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026424471771,"sku":"SUR-120","price":16.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Broom_120.png?v=1785025848"},{"product_id":"shurhold-2464-deluxe-one-bucket-system-black-5-gallon-bucket-with-grate-caddy-lid-seat-and-base","title":"Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System - Black 5-Gallon Bucket with Grate, Caddy, Lid Seat, and Base","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Deluxe One Bucket System turns an ordinary 5-gallon bucket into a complete detailing and storage station for boats, RVs, and vehicles. Built around a durable rope-handle 5-gallon bucket in black, the system adds four purpose-built accessories that work together to keep your wash routine organized and your gear protected. The Bucket Base adds stability underfoot and helps prevent slips and spills on deck, while the Bucket Grate sits inside the bucket to hold wash mitts and tools above the dirty water at the bottom, keeping grit away from your wash media. The Bucket Caddy mounts to organize brushes, soap, and other detailing essentials so everything has a place, and the Bucket Lid doubles as a Padded Seat Combo, giving you a comfortable place to sit while you work or a secure cover for storage and transport between jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from metal, plastic, and rubber components, the system is built for repeated use around water and marine environments. Chemicals are not included, so this system is the storage and organization foundation to which you add your own cleaning products. The 5-gallon bucket measures 14.75 inches high by 12 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2464\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, Plastic, Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBucket Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.75 inches H x 12 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.25 inches L x 12.9 inches W x 12.4 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith Lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContainer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bucket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bucket Lid, Bucket Base, Bucket Grate, Bucket Caddy, Non-skid base, Integrated baffle system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Gallon Rope Handle Bucket, Bucket Lid\/Padded Seat Combo, Bucket Base, Bucket Grate, Bucket Caddy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System include?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System includes a rope-handle 5-gallon bucket in black, a Bucket Lid\/Padded Seat Combo, a Bucket Base, a Bucket Grate, and a Bucket Caddy. Chemicals are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the bucket seat comfortably support sitting or standing on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Bucket Lid on the Shurhold 2464 doubles as a Padded Seat Combo, giving you a comfortable place to sit while detailing or working on deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the purpose of the Bucket Grate?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bucket Grate sits inside the 5-gallon bucket and keeps wash mitts and tools elevated above the dirty water and sediment at the bottom, so your wash media stays cleaner while you work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Bucket Base do?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bucket Base adds stability to the bucket and helps prevent slipping and spills on deck, protecting the surface underneath while you clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the bucket in this system?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-gallon bucket included with the Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System measures 14.75 inches high by 12 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the overall weight of the Shurhold 2464 system?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System weighs 7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the bucket system made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 2464 is constructed from metal, plastic, and rubber components, designed to hold up to repeated use in marine and outdoor cleaning environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre cleaning chemicals included with the Deluxe One Bucket System?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, chemicals are not included with the Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System. It provides the bucket, base, grate, caddy, and lid\/seat combo, and you add your own cleaning products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Bucket Caddy used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bucket Caddy organizes detailing gear such as brushes and soap inside the bucket, keeping your cleaning essentials within reach while you work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options does the bucket come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 2464 Deluxe One Bucket System is the black version of the bucket; the rope-handle 5-gallon bucket in this kit is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bucket lid included as a separate lid, or does it combine functions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The lid included with the Shurhold 2464 is a combined Bucket Lid\/Padded Seat Combo, so it functions as both a secure cover and a padded seat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026425716955,"sku":"SUR-2464","price":74.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/onebucket_cutaway2_2_3_1_1.jpg?v=1785025854"},{"product_id":"shurhold-260-flexible-water-blade-squeegee-12-inch-silicone-edge-red-white","title":"Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade Squeegee, 12 Inch Silicone Edge, Red\/White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade is a hand-held drying tool built to pull water off boats, cars, and other surfaces faster than a chamois or towel, without the tired arm. Its soft silicone edge molds to curved surfaces such as hulls, windows, and body panels, drying any surface in a third of the time compared to traditional drying methods. Because the blade is made of silicone, it is safe to use on every surface without scratching or leaving residue, and it eliminates water spotting so you get a clean, spot-free shine every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasuring 12 inches (30 cm), the Flexible Water Blade can be used directly by hand for close-up work, or inserted into the Shurhold Water Blade Adapter (sold separately) to attach to any Shurhold handle, extending your reach for hard-to-get windows, windshields, and upper surfaces. This flexibility makes it a practical tool for boat owners, detailers, and anyone who wants a streak-free finish without dragging a heavy, water-logged towel across their gear. The blade comes in a Red\/White colorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 260\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Squeegee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches (30 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\/White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6875 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485502600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Accessory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Water Blade Adapter, part number 265 (sold separately), for use with any Shurhold handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-held or handle-mounted via adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade is a hand-held drying tool that pulls water off boats, cars, windows, and other surfaces, drying them in a third of the time it takes with a chamois or towel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Shurhold 260 Water Blade?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 12 inches (30 cm) long, with a flexible silicone edge that molds to curved surfaces for even water removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Water Blade safe to use on all surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 260 blade is made of silicone, which is safe to use on every surface without scratching, so it can be used on gelcoat, glass, paint, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Water Blade be used by hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 260 can be used directly by hand for close-up drying, giving you full control on smaller or curved areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 260 come with a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the blade itself does not include a handle. It can be inserted into the Shurhold Water Blade Adapter, part number 265, which is sold separately and attaches to any Shurhold handle for extended reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Water Blade Adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 265 is the adapter that fits the Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade onto any Shurhold handle, useful for reaching high windows or tall surfaces without extra strain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Water Blade eliminate water spots?\u003c\/strong\u003e The silicone edge of the Shurhold 260 pulls water off completely rather than absorbing it, so surfaces dry spot-free without the streaking a chamois or towel can leave behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 260 is finished in a Red\/White colorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 260 Water Blade weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 260 Flexible Water Blade weighs 0.6875 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose a Water Blade over a chamois or drying towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 260 dries surfaces in about a third of the time of a chamois or towel, molds to curves that fabric can bunch up on, and will not leave lint or fibers behind.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026425815259,"sku":"SUR-260","price":29.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr13_260_1000.jpg?v=1785025849"},{"product_id":"shurhold-flexible-water-blade-adapter-265-for-all-shurhold-handles","title":"Shurhold Flexible Water Blade Adapter 265 for All Shurhold Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Flexible Water Blade Adapter (265) is the connector piece that lets you mount the Shurhold Flexible Water Blade onto any Shurhold handle, turning a hand-held drying blade into a long-reach tool for windows, hulls, decks, and other high or hard-to-reach surfaces. Rather than stretching, bending, or climbing to dry tall windshields, cabin windows, or upper hull panels by hand, the adapter lets you extend your reach using the same handle system you already use for washing and cleaning, so one handle can do the whole job from wash to dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adapter itself is built from durable plastic with a rubber handle-side material for a secure, stable connection to the handle. Once attached, it holds the Flexible Water Blade's soft silicone edge steady as it molds to curved and flat surfaces alike, pulling water off quickly and helping eliminate water spotting without the need for a chamois or towel. The Flexible Water Blade is sold separately; this listing is for the adapter only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a simple, single-purpose accessory: no assembly beyond attaching it to a handle and the blade, and no tools required. Anyone who already uses a Shurhold handle for boat, car, or RV care can add this adapter to extend the same system to fast, spot-free drying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 265\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flexible Water Blade Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushes \u0026amp; Handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (H x L x W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.8 centimeters x 17.8 centimeters x 5.1 centimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions (L x W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.01 inches x 2.01 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485502655\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits any Shurhold handle; used with the Shurhold Flexible Water Blade (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drying windows and curved surfaces on boats, cars, and RVs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Shurhold 265 adapter do?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 265 Flexible Water Blade Adapter connects the Flexible Water Blade to any Shurhold handle, letting you dry windows, hulls, and other surfaces without bending or reaching by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this adapter come with the Water Blade included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold 265 adapter is sold separately from the Flexible Water Blade; the blade itself is a different item (sku 260) and must be purchased on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 265 adapter fit any Shurhold handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Flexible Water Blade Adapter is designed to fit any Shurhold handle in the Shurhold handle system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the adapter made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 265 adapter body is made of plastic with a rubber handle-side material for a secure connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 265 adapter weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Flexible Water Blade Adapter weighs 0.8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Water Blade be used without this adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Flexible Water Blade can be used by hand on its own or inserted into the 265 adapter for extended reach with a Shurhold handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 265 adapter compatible with the Handle Mate PFD?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, Shurhold states the Flexible Water Blade system is incompatible with its Handle Mate PFD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can I dry using the adapter with the Water Blade?\u003c\/strong\u003e With the Water Blade attached, the adapter lets you dry windows, curved surfaces, hulls, decks, and other high or hard-to-reach areas on boats, cars, and RVs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 265 adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Flexible Water Blade Adapter measures 17.8 centimeters by 17.8 centimeters by 5.1 centimeters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many adapters come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 265 listing includes one adapter unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the adapter help prevent water spots?\u003c\/strong\u003e By securing the Flexible Water Blade for extended-reach drying, the 265 adapter helps you dry surfaces quickly enough to eliminate water spotting without a chamois or towel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the Shurhold 265 adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Flexible Water Blade Adapter is covered by a manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026425880795,"sku":"SUR-265","price":15.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr13_265_1000_2485a48d-924e-4c61-b997-f94b1c90aa10.jpg?v=1785025850"},{"product_id":"shurhold-270-pad-cleaning-utility-brush-stiff-bristle-scrub-brush-for-buffing-pads-carpet-vinyl-canvas","title":"Shurhold 270 Pad Cleaning \u0026 Utility Brush - Stiff-Bristle Scrub Brush for Buffing Pads, Carpet, Vinyl \u0026 Canvas","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Pad Cleaning \u0026amp; Utility Brush (270) is a compact hand tool built for tackling tough cleaning jobs wherever they turn up. Its stiff bristles are shaped to dig into buffing pads and pull out spent compound and debris, helping pads perform more consistently from job to job. The same stiff-bristle design makes it effective for scrubbing stains out of carpet, upholstery, vinyl, and canvas, so one brush covers cleanup both in the garage and around the boat or RV.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brush body is shaped to fit comfortably in the hand, and a built-in spot scrubber is molded into the handle itself, giving you a second scrubbing surface for tight spots and stubborn marks without switching tools. It is a small brush, but the stiff bristle head is built for serious scrubbing on textured and heavily soiled surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFinished in blue plastic, the Shurhold 270 is sized to work along seams, corners, and detailed areas where a larger brush would not reach. It is a straightforward, durable tool meant for repeated use across a variety of surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 270\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pad Cleaning \u0026amp; Utility Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand Held Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stiff bristles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spot scrubber on handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485002704\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the Shurhold 270 brush clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Pad Cleaning \u0026amp; Utility Brush (270) is designed to scrub buffing pads, carpet, upholstery, vinyl, and canvas, making it a multi-surface tool for both detailing and general cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 270 brush have more than one scrubbing surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 270 has stiff bristles on the brush head plus a built-in spot scrubber molded into the handle, giving two scrubbing surfaces on a single tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Shurhold 270 brush made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of plastic, including the handle and bristle head, and is finished in blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold Pad Cleaning \u0026amp; Utility Brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 270 measures 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 270 utility brush weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 270 weighs 0.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 270 good for cleaning buffing pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the stiff bristles on the 270 are built to dig into buffing pads and remove spent polishing or buffing compound so pads keep performing consistently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Shurhold 270 be used on vinyl and canvas without damaging them?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 270's stiff bristles are designed to scrub vinyl and canvas clean while the ergonomic handle shape helps keep pressure controlled during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order the Shurhold 270?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Pad Cleaning \u0026amp; Utility Brush (270) ships as a single brush unit, sold individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many of these brushes come in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e One Shurhold 270 utility brush is included per order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 270 comfortable to hold during longer cleaning sessions?\u003c\/strong\u003e Its compact body is shaped to fit comfortably in the hand, which helps reduce fatigue during extended scrubbing sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 270 an authentic Shurhold product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 270 is a genuine Shurhold-brand utility brush, part number 270, manufactured by Shurhold.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026425913563,"sku":"SUR-270","price":6.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_cleaningaccessories5_1200x1200_3fe733d0-2eb1-4fe3-8734-4f12b8d2506a.jpg?v=1785025850"},{"product_id":"shurhold-rope-and-cord-brush-273-flexible-wraparound-scrub-brush-for-dock-lines-rigging-hoses-and-cables","title":"Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush 273 - Flexible Wraparound Scrub Brush for Dock Lines, Rigging, Hoses and Cables","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush (Part No. 273) is a flexible, wraparound scrub brush built specifically for cleaning tubular surfaces between 1\/2 inch and 1 inch in diameter, including dock lines, rigging ropes, hoses, power cables, and railings. Its wraparound design locks securely around the item being cleaned, letting you scrub 360 degrees in one motion instead of working around the surface piece by piece. Stiff bristles dig deep to remove dirt, mold, salt, and grime that builds up on lines and cords left exposed to the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle is made from Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) or Polypropylene, giving the brush a lightweight, durable body that floats if dropped overboard, so it will not sink and disappear over the side of the boat. The compact, flexible design makes it simple to use in tight spaces along railings and rigging runs, and it stores easily when the job is done. It is equally suited to marine, RV, and automotive cleaning tasks wherever a rope, cord, hose, or cable needs a thorough scrub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 273\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand Held Tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene or Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Others\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuoyancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Diameter Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inch to 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 inches L x 1 inch W x 2 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120880\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size lines and cords does the Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush (Part No. 273) is designed for tubular surfaces between 1\/2 inch and 1 inch in diameter, which covers most dock lines, rigging ropes, hoses, power cables, and railings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Rope and Cord Brush float if I drop it in the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 273 Rope and Cord Brush floats, so it will not sink if it is accidentally dropped overboard while cleaning dock lines or rigging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the brush made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush 273 has a handle made from Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) or Polypropylene, paired with stiff plastic bristles for scrubbing power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is scrubbing supposed to work with this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The wraparound design of the Shurhold 273 locks securely around a rope, cord, or hose so the stiff bristles can scrub 360 degrees around the surface in one pass, rather than requiring the surface to be turned by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I clean with the Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush besides dock lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Beyond dock lines, the Shurhold 273 is built for rigging ropes, hoses, power cables, and railings, making it useful for a range of tubular surfaces on boats, RVs, and cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 273?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush measures 7 inches long by 1 inch wide by 2 inches high, with an item length of 6.75 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Rope and Cord Brush weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 273 Rope and Cord Brush weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Rope and Cord Brush come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 273 is listed in the color Others.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Rope and Cord Brush different from Shurhold's Dip and Scrub Brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush (273) uses a wraparound design built specifically for tubular surfaces like ropes and cords, while Shurhold's Dip and Scrub Brush has a short, compact handle meant for tight-space scrubbing in corners and compartments rather than wrapping around a line or cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the bristles damage the lines or cords I am cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e The stiff bristles on the Shurhold 273 Rope and Cord Brush are designed to dig deep and remove dirt, mold, salt, and grime from dock lines, hoses, and cables without the brush needing to be forced or scraped against the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold Rope and Cord Brush easy to store?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 273 is flexible and compact, making it simple to use and easy to store when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the Shurhold 273?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Shurhold 273 gets you one Rope and Cord Brush with its wraparound bristle design and handle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026425979099,"sku":"SUR-273","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_cleaningaccessories18_1200x1200_616aaa32-d4e1-4bd3-988c-2cec2881a263.jpg?v=1785025846"},{"product_id":"shurhold-278-detailing-brush-stainless-steel-bristles-black","title":"Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush, Stainless Steel Bristles, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush is a compact hand-held cleaning tool built for quick removal of rust, corrosion, grease, and grime from metal hardware and other tight spaces. It uses medium-stiff stainless steel bristles that are rust-resistant, making the brush tough enough to work on metal fittings while remaining gentle enough for detailed cleaning tasks. The bristle design is a flagged bristle type, which helps the brush hold up to repeated scrubbing without shedding or splaying prematurely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle is molded from black plastic and shaped with an ergonomic profile that includes finger notches, giving the user a secure grip during precision cleaning work. Its small, nimble size makes it easy to maneuver into corners, seams, and hardware crevices that larger brushes cannot reach. The Detailing Brush is intended for use on boats, cars, RVs, and teak surfaces, covering general metal hardware cleaning as well as more detailed detailing tasks around a vehicle or vessel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 278\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand Held Tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flagged Bristle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Stiffness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-Stiff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 x 17 x 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.06875 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485002780\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush is designed for precision cleaning on metal hardware and tight spaces, quickly removing rust, corrosion, grease, and grime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the bristles made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bristles on part number 278 are medium-stiff stainless steel, a flagged bristle type that is rust-resistant and durable enough for repeated use on metal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this brush rust over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The stainless steel bristles on the Shurhold Detailing Brush are rust-resistant, so they hold up well even in wet or salty conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle of the 278 Detailing Brush is molded plastic in black, shaped with finger notches for a secure, ergonomic grip during detailed cleaning work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this brush be used on teak?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Detailing Brush is compact and nimble enough for detailed work on teak surfaces in addition to metal hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this brush only for boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. While built for marine use, the Shurhold 278 is also suited for cars, RVs, and general detailing tasks wherever tight-space metal cleaning is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Detailing Brush measures 9 x 17 x 5 inches and weighs 0.06875 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many brushes come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush is sold as a single item, with one brush per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold Detailing Brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 278 Detailing Brush has a black plastic handle paired with stainless steel bristles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 278 safe to use on chrome or painted surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless steel bristles are medium-stiff and intended for metal hardware and rust removal; for delicate painted or polished surfaces, a softer tool may be preferable, as this brush is built for tougher grime and corrosion tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this different from a general scrub brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 278 Detailing Brush is smaller and more precise than a general-purpose scrub brush, with a compact head and stainless steel bristles specifically suited to detailed metal hardware cleaning rather than broad surface scrubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426044635,"sku":"SUR-278","price":5.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_cleaningaccessories7_1200x1200_477f3cc2-aa33-4b6e-94ea-2ed23ae36016.jpg?v=1785025845"},{"product_id":"shurhold-281-magic-wool-hand-pad-bronze-metallic-wool-3-pack","title":"Shurhold 281 Magic Wool Hand Pad, Bronze Metallic Wool, 3-Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 281 Magic Wool Hand Pad is a rust-free scrubbing pad made from ultra-fine, high-grade bronze metallic wool. It is built to remove water spots, oxidation, and surface buildup without the risk of rust or scratching that comes with traditional steel wool, making it especially suited to salty or marine environments. Each pack contains 3 pads, giving you enough material to work through a full detailing session or keep spares on hand for ongoing maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bronze wool construction is compatible with a wide range of surfaces, including stainless steel, wood, glass, and metal. It is commonly used to remove hard water spots from glass, polish chrome, stainless, copper, and brass, clean brightwork, restore teakwood, and strip paint or smooth wood surfaces. For best results on glass and metal, pair the pad with Shurhold's Buff Magic. The pad is made in the USA and is designed for general detailing work across wood, metal, and glass surfaces on boats and other vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 281\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine, high-grade bronze metallic wool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pads per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bronze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.095 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel, wood, glass, metal, steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120859\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 281 Magic Wool Hand Pad made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 281 Magic Wool Hand Pad is made from ultra-fine, high-grade bronze metallic wool, a rust-resistant alternative to traditional steel wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 281 comes 3 pads per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pad rust like steel wool?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The bronze metallic wool used in the Shurhold 281 is rust-resistant, which is why it is recommended for salty or marine environments where steel wool would corrode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the Magic Wool Hand Pad be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is compatible with stainless steel, wood, glass, metal, and general detailing surfaces, including tasks like removing hard water spots from glass and polishing chrome, stainless, copper, and brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Magic Wool Hand Pad be used to restore teak?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 281 is suited to cleaning brightwork and restoring teakwood in addition to metal and glass polishing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 281 pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Magic Wool Hand Pad measures 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches as packaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 281 3-pack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3-pack of Magic Wool Hand Pads weighs 0.095 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I use another product alongside the Magic Wool Hand Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results on glass and metal, Shurhold recommends using the 281 Magic Wool Hand Pad together with Buff Magic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 281 made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Magic Wool Hand Pad is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pad strip paint from wood surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the bronze wool in the Shurhold 281 can be used to strip paint and smooth wood surfaces in addition to its polishing uses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426077403,"sku":"SUR-281","price":14.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/281_3.jpg?v=1785025853"},{"product_id":"shurhold-wash-mitt-284-soft-synthetic-wool-hand-mitt-for-boats-cars-and-trucks","title":"Shurhold Wash Mitt 284, Soft Synthetic Wool Hand Mitt for Boats, Cars, and Trucks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Wash Mitt (284) is a soft synthetic wool hand mitt built to make washdowns easier on tight, hard-to-reach areas like bow rails, hardtop supports, and detailed corners. The absorbent, non-abrasive fibers deliver a gentle yet effective clean on any surface, so you can move confidently across gelcoat, glass, and painted finishes without worrying about scratches or swirl marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA shaped thumb and elastic cuff give the mitt a snug, comfortable fit on your hand, making it easy to control whether you are washing wet with soap and water or using it dry for detail work. The flexible, functional design holds suds well for broad surface coverage while still working into corners and curves that stiffer tools and brushes can't reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis mitt is a general-purpose cleaning tool suited to boats, cars, trucks, and other vehicles, and it is a practical addition to any wash kit for owners who want simple handling and reliable results wash after wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 284\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand Held Tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic Wool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absorbent, non-abrasive synthetic fibers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shaped thumb, elastic cuff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 inches long x 7 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.24375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wet or dry cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 is made from soft synthetic wool with absorbent, non-abrasive fibers, so it cleans without scratching delicate surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 284 mitt be used on cars and trucks, not just boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 is designed for use on all surfaces and works well on boats, cars, and trucks alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 284 Wash Mitt?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 measures 11 inches long by 7 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold Wash Mitt weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Wash Mitt (part number 284) weighs 0.24375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 284 mitt safe for gelcoat and painted finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the non-abrasive synthetic wool fibers on the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 are gentle enough for gelcoat, painted, and other delicate surfaces without scratching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold Wash Mitt have a way to keep it secure on your hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e A shaped thumb and elastic cuff on the Shurhold 284 mitt provide a snug, comfortable fit that stays in place during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this mitt be used dry as well as wet?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284's shaped thumb and elastic cuff design makes it easy to use for both wet washing and dry wiping or polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat areas of a boat is the 284 Wash Mitt best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard-to-reach spots like bow rails, hardtop supports, and tight corners are where the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 performs best, thanks to its flexible, snug-fitting design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Shurhold 284 Wash Mitt different from Shurhold's Deluxe Wash Mitt?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 uses synthetic wool fibers, while Shurhold's Deluxe Wash Mitt is made from genuine lambs wool; both share a shaped thumb and elastic cuff design but are separate items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 hold enough soap and water for a full washdown?\u003c\/strong\u003e The absorbent fibers of the Shurhold 284 mitt are built to hold soapy water and grime, giving broad surface coverage across a wash session.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 abrasive or likely to leave swirl marks?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold Wash Mitt 284 uses non-abrasive synthetic wool fibers specifically intended to avoid scratching or swirling surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426175707,"sku":"SUR-284","price":10.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_cleaningaccessories3_1200x1200_e4d010c8-bc49-42ad-99a1-7c75417688db.jpg?v=1785025835"},{"product_id":"shurhold-microfiber-towels-variety-3-pack-dark-blue-yellow-and-light-blue","title":"Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack - Dark Blue, Yellow, and Light Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack gives you a dedicated microfiber towel for every cleaning task on board. Unlike cotton towels that just push dirt and grease around, microfiber lifts and traps contaminants for a safer, more effective clean, even on delicate surfaces like electronics screens and isinglass. Each 3-pack includes a Dark Blue towel that is ultra-soft for polishing and shining, a Yellow towel that is extra strong for washing and general cleaning, and a Light Blue towel that is lint-free and suited to glass, mirrors, and other clear surfaces. All three towels are super absorbent and gentle enough for use on any surface around the boat, from gelcoat and fiberglass to plexiglass and vinyl. They are machine washable up to 500 times, making them a long-term replacement for disposable wipes and paper towels, and they help you avoid streaks and scratches during routine cleaning and detailing. Keep this set in your cleaning kit alongside your soap and brushes for a complete washdown, or use individual towels for spot cleaning and quick wipe-downs between full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 293\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 microfiber towels - Dark Blue, Yellow, Light Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Blue Towel Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-soft, for polishing and shining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Towel Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra strong, for washing and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Blue Towel Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lint-free, for glass, mirrors, and clear surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches L x 6 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable up to 500 times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not use fabric softener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485002933\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The set includes three microfiber towels: a Dark Blue towel for polishing and shining, a Yellow towel for washing and general cleaning, and a Light Blue towel that is lint-free for glass, mirrors, and clear surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these towels safe for glass and electronic screens?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Light Blue towel in the Shurhold 3-pack is lint-free and designed for use on glass, mirrors, and other clear surfaces, including electronics screens and isinglass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many times can these microfiber towels be washed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each towel in the Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack is machine washable up to 500 times, making them reusable well beyond a single season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use fabric softener when washing these towels?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, fabric softener should not be used when washing the Shurhold microfiber towels, as it can coat the fibers and reduce their ability to lift dirt and grease.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the three towel colors in this pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Dark Blue towel is ultra-soft and best for polishing and shining, the Yellow towel is extra strong and best for washing and cleaning, and the Light Blue towel is lint-free and best for glass and mirrors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is each towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each towel in the Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack measures 18 inches by 6 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs microfiber better than cotton for cleaning a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber lifts and traps dirt, moisture, and grease rather than just pushing them around like cotton, which makes the Shurhold microfiber towels a safer choice for delicate surfaces such as isinglass and electronics screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can these towels be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack is safe for use on all boat surfaces, including gelcoat, fiberglass, plexiglass, and glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this towel set weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Microfiber Towels Variety 3-Pack weighs 1 pound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these towels be used outside of boating, such as in a car or RV?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, while designed with boat care in mind, the Shurhold microfiber towels work equally well for cleaning cars, RVs, and household surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these towels scratch a polished or waxed finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the microfiber material in the Shurhold 3-pack is designed to be scratch-free, making it safe for use on polished and waxed gelcoat or paint.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426241243,"sku":"SUR-293","price":21.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_cleaningaccessories13_1200x1200_56cfee00-0f2a-4462-9104-292e14b8e103.jpg?v=1785025842"},{"product_id":"shurhold-soft-hull-brush-8-inch-yellow-polystyrene-bristles-shur-lok-compatible","title":"Shurhold Soft Hull Brush 8 Inch, Yellow Polystyrene Bristles, Shur-Lok Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Soft Hull Brush is an 8 inch cleaning brush built for vertical surfaces like hulls, windows, and wheels. Its yellow polystyrene bristles are firm enough to lift dirt and grime yet gentle enough to stay safe on gelcoat, fiberglass, and paint, making it a versatile choice for regular wash-downs on boats, cars, and RVs. The brush head is crafted from a solid wood block and wrapped in a rubber bumper that protects surfaces from marks and scratches while you work, so you can clean confidently along rails, hulls, and trim without worrying about scuffing the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis brush locks securely into the Shur-Lok Handle System, letting it attach to any compatible Shurhold handle for reach and control across a range of cleaning tasks. It is part of the Shurhold line of Special Application Brushes, each designed for a specific level of surface sensitivity, so boaters can match the right brush to the right job. The Soft Hull Brush is proudly made in the USA and is reusable for repeated cleaning sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 308\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft Hull Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow polystyrene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrush Block Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBumper Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shur-Lok Handle System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches L x 4 inches W x 6 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gelcoat, fiberglass, paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal brush head; fits any handle in the Shurhold Shur-Lok Handle System.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-references apply to this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Soft Hull Brush used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Soft Hull Brush (part number 308) is designed for cleaning vertical surfaces such as hulls, windows, and wheels, and is safe for use on gelcoat, fiberglass, and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this brush safe on gelcoat and fiberglass?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the yellow polystyrene bristles on the Shurhold 308 Soft Hull Brush are formulated to clean effectively while remaining safe on gelcoat, fiberglass, and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this brush attach to a handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft Hull Brush locks into the Shur-Lok Handle System, so it attaches to any compatible Shurhold handle for extended reach and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Shurhold 308 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The brush measures 8 inches long by 4 inches wide by 6 inches high and weighs 1.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the brush head made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft Hull Brush is built from a solid wood block wrapped in a rubber bumper, with yellow polystyrene bristles for the cleaning surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Soft Hull Brush different from the Extra Soft Hull Brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft Hull Brush (item 308) uses yellow polystyrene bristles for general vertical surface cleaning, while the Extra Soft Hull Brush (item 310) uses blue nylon bristles for more delicate surfaces like isinglass and plexiglass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this brush be used on delicate surfaces like isinglass?\u003c\/strong\u003e For isinglass and plexiglass, Shurhold recommends the Extra Soft Hull Brush (item 310) with blue nylon bristles rather than the 308 Soft Hull Brush, which is intended for gelcoat, fiberglass, and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold Soft Hull Brush made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Soft Hull Brush, part number 308, is proudly made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 308 brush reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Soft Hull Brush is a reusable cleaning tool designed for repeated use across cleaning sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are the bristles on this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Soft Hull Brush features yellow polystyrene bristles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this brush scratch my boat's surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the rubber wrap-around bumper on the Soft Hull Brush protects surfaces from marks and scratches while cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Soft Hull Brush come with a handle included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 308 is the brush head only; it locks into the Shur-Lok Handle System and requires a compatible Shurhold handle, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426470619,"sku":"SUR-308","price":40.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_brushes215.jpg?v=1785025846"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3101-dual-action-polisher-starter-kit-with-pro-polish-wax-pad-towel-and-bag","title":"Shurhold 3101 Dual Action Polisher Starter Kit with Pro Polish Wax, Pad, Towel and Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3101 Dual Action Polisher Starter Kit is a random orbital buffer built for boaters, RV owners, and detailing professionals who want a showroom shine without the risk of swirls or burn marks. At the heart of the tool is a 5-inch oscillating head that moves in a dual-action pattern rather than a single high-speed rotation, which protects the surface being worked on while cutting waxing and buffing time roughly in half compared to traditional high-speed polishers. Pads attach and release with a quick-change hook and loop (Velcro) system, so switching between waxing, polishing, and defect-removal tasks is fast and tool-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSafety and usability were built in: the polisher has a built-in GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) that cuts power if the unit is submerged or shorted by water, and a 20-foot power cord gives plenty of reach around a boat, car, RV, or deck. The rubberized housing provides a comfortable, non-slip grip, and the unit is designed to rest on its back between passes. Speed is adjustable across a 2,500 to 6,500 OPM range, covering waxing and buffing at the low end, polishing and cleaning in the middle, and removing paint defects and oxidation at the high end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Starter Kit pack adds everything needed to begin detailing right out of the box: a bottle of Pro Polish wax, a foam pad, a microfiber towel, and a carrying bag to keep it all together. The Dual Action Polisher was a winner of the NMMA Innovation Award and is trusted by both first-time users and professional detailers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher Starter Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOscillating Head Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-change hook and loop (Velcro)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Cord Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 Volts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 to 6,500 OPM, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 x 8 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher, Pro Polish wax (16 oz), foam pad (6.5 inches), microfiber towel, carrying bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120569\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecognition:\u003c\/strong\u003e NMMA Innovation Award winner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Shurhold 3101 Starter Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes the Dual Action Polisher itself, a bottle of Pro Polish wax, a foam pad, a microfiber towel, and a carrying bag to hold everything together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the polishing head on the 3101?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3101 uses a 5-inch oscillating head that delivers a smooth, high-gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this polisher safe to use around water on a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The 3101 has a built-in GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) that cuts power to the unit if it becomes submerged or shorted by water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the power cord?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3101 comes with a 20-foot power cord, giving enough reach to work around most boats, cars, and RVs without an extension cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed range does the polisher run at?\u003c\/strong\u003e It runs from 2,500 to 6,500 OPM, adjustable: the low end is suited to waxing and buffing, the middle range to polishing and cleaning, and the high end to removing paint defects and oxidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the dual-action motion damage gelcoat or paint?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Unlike a traditional high-speed rotary polisher, the dual-action motion of the Shurhold 3101 protects the surface from burns and swirl marks while still cutting waxing and buffing time roughly in half.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 3101 kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit weighs 4.4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3101 measures 17 x 8 x 6 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the pads attach to the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e Pads attach with a quick-change hook and loop (Velcro) system, so they can be swapped without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHas this polisher won any industry awards?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher was a winner of the NMMA Innovation Award.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage does the 3101 run on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3101 operates on 120 Volts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 3101 suitable for beginners as well as professionals?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the dual-action design makes the Shurhold 3101 user-friendly for first-time users while still being effective enough for professional detailers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426568923,"sku":"SUR-3101","price":198.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_comp1_1000.jpg?v=1785025839"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3100-dual-action-polisher-variable-speed-2-500-6-500-opm-6-inch-pad-buffer-for-boat-rv-and-auto","title":"Shurhold 3100 Dual Action Polisher, Variable Speed 2,500-6,500 OPM, 6 Inch Pad Buffer for Boat, RV and Auto","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3100 Dual Action Polisher is a variable-speed buffing tool built for boat, RV, and auto detailing. Its dual action motion helps correct haze, oxidation, and fine swirls on gelcoat, fiberglass, paint, and clearcoat surfaces while reducing the concentrated heat buildup that can come from a straight rotary buffer, making it a more forgiving tool for less-experienced users while still delivering professional-level results. The 6-speed dial gives a range of 2,500 to 6,500 OPM, so you can run it slow for spreading wax or polish and step it up for cutting and removing oxidation and paint defects. It is designed to work with 6-inch pads, letting you switch between cutting, polishing, and finishing pads to match the job at hand, whether that is seasonal restoration or routine maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe polisher has a rubberized, ergonomic body with an adjustable handle for a comfortable, non-slip grip during longer detailing sessions, and it is designed to rest on its back so it will not roll off a work surface between passes. The housing and body are plastic in a black finish. It ships as a complete kit that includes a backing plate, canvas storage bag, carrying case, hex key, detailed user guide, and a set of replacement motor brushes, so you have what you need to start buffing right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 to 6,500 OPM, 6-speed dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Size Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inch pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 x 7.5 x 6.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backing plate, canvas storage bag, carrying case, hex key, detailed user guide, replacement motor brushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120521\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed range does the Shurhold 3100 Dual Action Polisher run at?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3100 has a 6-speed dial covering 2,500 to 6,500 OPM, letting you run slower for spreading wax or polish and faster for cutting and removing oxidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size pads fit the Shurhold 3100 polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3100 Dual Action Polisher is built to work with 6 inch pads, covering cutting, polishing, and finishing pad types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this polisher suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The dual action motion of the 3100 reduces the concentrated heat buildup common with rotary buffers, making it easier for less-experienced users to get professional-level results without burning through gelcoat or paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the Shurhold 3100 be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3100 Dual Action Polisher is designed for gelcoat, fiberglass, paint, and clearcoat surfaces on boats, RVs, and vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with the Shurhold 3100?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3100 ships with a backing plate, canvas storage bag, carrying case, hex key, a detailed user guide, and a set of replacement motor brushes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 3100 Dual Action Polisher weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3100 weighs 4.4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shurhold 3100 polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The unit measures 16 x 7.5 x 6.25 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Shurhold 3100 housing made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The body of the Shurhold 3100 Dual Action Polisher is plastic, finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Shurhold 3100 be repaired if it stops working?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Shurhold offers a flat-rate diagnostic and repair service for the 3100 Dual Action Polisher covering components such as the power switch, speed dial, power cord, bearings, motor, drive shaft, orbital assembly, and gear box, with a new set of motor brushes installed free as part of any repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 3100 come with a carrying case?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a carrying case is included with the 3100 Dual Action Polisher along with a canvas storage bag for the unit and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Shurhold 3100 designed for comfort during use?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a rubberized body and an adjustable handle for a comfortable, non-slip grip, and it is designed to rest on its back so it will not roll off your work surface between passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compounds pair well with the Shurhold 3100 for cutting and polishing?\u003c\/strong\u003e A cutting and polishing compound such as Buff Magic can be used with the 3100 Dual Action Polisher and 6 inch pads to remove oxidation, gelcoat staining, and surface imperfections before finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426601691,"sku":"SUR-3100","price":167.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web24_bkt_3100bare_826x600_ade06699-32db-4b12-b2e6-1e7034847dd4.png?v=1785025843"},{"product_id":"shurhold-pro-polish-foam-pad-3152-6-5-inch-black-foam-2-pack-for-dual-action-polisher","title":"Shurhold Pro Polish Foam Pad 3152, 6.5 Inch Black Foam, 2-Pack for Dual Action Polisher","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Pro Polish Pad (part number 3152) is a 6.5 inch soft black foam pad built for effortless, even application of wax and polish. Designed specifically for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher, it attaches directly to the hook and loop backing plate for quick setup and is intended for use with Shurhold Pro Polish Wax. The pad's dimpled surface pattern helps it stay cool during use, which supports smoother, more efficient polishing without overheating the surface being treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pack contains 2 pads made from polyurethane foam, giving you a spare on hand or letting you keep separate pads for different products. The pad is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or Rotary Polisher machines, so confirm your machine type before ordering. To use, apply three small dollops of Pro Polish directly to the pad, press the machine to the surface before powering it on, and work in even passes. After each use, wash the pad with Shurhold Serious Pad Cleaner or soap and lukewarm water, and allow it to dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3152\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyurethane foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.15 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120545\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (not compatible with PRO or Rotary machines)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or Rotary Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat machine does the Shurhold Pro Polish Pad fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher and attaches directly to the hook and loop backing plate. The Pro Polish Pad (part 3152) is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or Rotary Polisher machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pack of the Shurhold Pro Polish Pad includes 2 pads, so you have a spare on hand or can dedicate separate pads to different products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Pro Polish Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad measures 6.5 inches in diameter, sized to match the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher's backing plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the pad made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from soft black polyurethane foam, chosen for smooth and even wax or polish application without adding swirls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Pro Polish Pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Pro Polish Pad weighs 0.15 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat product should I use with this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad is intended for use with Shurhold Pro Polish Wax, applied in small dollops directly to the foam before running the polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the Pro Polish Pad correctly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply 3 small dollops of Pro Polish directly to the pad, press the machine to the surface before powering it on, then work the polisher in even passes over the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the pad after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Wash the Shurhold Pro Polish Pad after each use with Serious Pad Cleaner or soap and lukewarm water, then let it dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the pad have a dimpled surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e The dimpled pattern on the Pro Polish Pad helps it stay cool during use, which supports smoother, more efficient results without overheating the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pad be used on a rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Shurhold Pro Polish Pad (3152) is designed only for the original Dual Action Polisher and is not compatible with the PRO or Rotary Polisher machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this pad for compounding or for waxing?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pro Polish Pad is a foam pad made for waxing and polishing, not compounding; Shurhold offers separate wool and foam compounding pads for removing oxidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold Pro Polish Pad made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pro Polish Pad, part number 3152, is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426732763,"sku":"SUR-3152","price":28.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3152_1200x1200_474fd0c1-802f-4270-b55e-390d5ed015e2.jpg?v=1785025834"},{"product_id":"shurhold-brite-bonnet-final-polish-pad-5-inch-microfiber-buffing-pad-for-dual-action-polisher-model-3153","title":"Shurhold Brite Bonnet Final Polish Pad, 5 Inch Microfiber Buffing Pad for Dual Action Polisher (Model 3153)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Brite Bonnet Final Polish Pad is a 5 inch shaggy microfiber pad built to remove excess wax and buff a surface to a brilliant, high-gloss shine. It is the final-step pad in the Shurhold buffing system, designed to gently polish the surface after compounding and waxing without adding swirls or haze. The soft microfiber construction glides across gelcoat, paint, and other finishes to bring out clarity and depth of shine while leaving the surface free of residue or streaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is designed for use exclusively with the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or Rotary Polisher. For best control and results, run the polisher at its lowest speed setting when using this pad. The Brite Bonnet Pad is red in color and made in the USA. After each use, hand wash the pad and allow it to air dry to preserve its shine and extend its usable life. It ships as a single 5 x 5 x 1 inch pad, making it easy to keep a spare on hand for regular boat maintenance and detailing routines. Paired with the appropriate compounding and polishing pads in the Shurhold lineup, the Brite Bonnet Pad delivers the final brilliant finish on gelcoat and painted marine surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e DAP Accessories (Buffers and Pads)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (original)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot Compatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher PRO, Rotary Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Speed Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lowest speed setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x 5 x 1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.99 x 7.48 x 1.65 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.17 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pad (Pack of 1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120552\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Brite Bonnet Final Polish Pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a final-step buffing pad that removes excess wax and brings a boat's gelcoat or painted surface to a brilliant, high-gloss shine without adding swirls or haze.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Brite Bonnet Pad fit the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5 inch Brite Bonnet Pad (part number 3153) is designed for use with the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this pad on the Dual Action Polisher PRO or a rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Brite Bonnet Pad is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or with rotary polishers; it is built only for the original Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Brite Bonnet Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad measures 5 x 5 x 1 inches, with a 5 inch diameter microfiber buffing surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Brite Bonnet Pad made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Brite Bonnet Pad (3153) is made from a shaggy microfiber material designed to gently buff away wax residue without scratching the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold Brite Bonnet Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3153 Brite Bonnet Pad is red.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed setting should I use with this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the Dual Action Polisher at its lowest speed setting when using the Brite Bonnet Pad for the best control and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Brite Bonnet Final Polish Pad ships as a single pad, one count per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean and care for the Brite Bonnet Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand wash the pad after each use and allow it to air dry completely before storing to keep it performing well over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Brite Bonnet Pad made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Brite Bonnet Final Polish Pad, part number 3153, is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Brite Bonnet Pad different from Shurhold's other Dual Action Polisher pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Brite Bonnet Pad is a microfiber pad meant for the final buffing step to bring out shine, while Shurhold's foam pads are used earlier in the process for applying wax or polish and for compounding out oxidation and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426765531,"sku":"SUR-3153","price":14.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3153_1200x1200_7b85a2ae-5355-4bda-86b3-984e69b0ccf8.jpg?v=1785025834"},{"product_id":"shurhold-buff-magic-foam-compounding-pad-6-5-inch-2-pack-for-dual-action-polisher","title":"Shurhold Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad 6.5 Inch, 2-Pack for Dual Action Polisher","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad is a 6.5 inch general-purpose cutting pad built to remove light oxidation, swirls, and surface scratches from gelcoat and painted finishes. Made from specialized cutting foam, it delivers smoother, less aggressive cutting action than a wool pad while still restoring clarity and shine to dull or weathered surfaces. The pad's dimpled face pattern helps it run cooler during use, which improves cutting performance and extends the pad's usable life between cleanings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is designed for use with the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher and attaches directly to that machine's backing plate. It is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or a Rotary Polisher. Each pack contains 2 pads, and the pads are made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo use, apply a thin layer of Buff Magic compound to the surface, attach the pad to the polisher, place it on the treated area, and turn on the machine. After each use, clean the pad with Shurhold Serious Pad Cleaner and lukewarm water, then allow it to dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam Compounding Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pads per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Polisher:\u003c\/strong\u003e Original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or Rotary Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimpled surface for cooler running\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x 1 x 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.04 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120873\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a 6.5 inch foam cutting pad, Shurhold part number 3154, used to remove light oxidation, swirls, and surface scratches from gelcoat and painted marine finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pad fit the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad (3154) is designed for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or a Rotary Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold part number 3154 is sold as 2 foam compounding pads per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad measures 6.5 inches in diameter, with overall item dimensions of 5 x 1 x 5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pad made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold's 3154 pad is made from specialized cutting foam designed to cut less aggressively than a wool pad while still removing light oxidation and swirls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does this pad have a dimpled surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e The dimpled pattern on the Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad helps the pad run cooler during use, which improves cutting performance and extends the pad's life between cleanings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a thin layer of Buff Magic compound to the surface, attach the pad (part 3154) to the Dual Action Polisher, place it on the treated area, and turn on the machine to work the compound in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the pad after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean Shurhold pad 3154 with Shurhold Serious Pad Cleaner and lukewarm water after each use, then let it dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this pad more aggressive than a wool compounding pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad is a less aggressive alternative to wool pads while still delivering long-lasting cutting performance on gelcoat and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pack of Shurhold part number 3154 weighs 0.04 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad made?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold part number 3154 is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Buff Magic Foam Compounding Pad (3154) is white.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426798299,"sku":"SUR-3154","price":28.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/pad_3154_1000.jpg?v=1785025852"},{"product_id":"shurhold-dual-action-polisher-scrub-pad-medium-blue-for-3100-backing-plate","title":"Shurhold Dual Action Polisher Scrub Pad, Medium Blue, for #3100 Backing Plate","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Dual Action Polisher Scrubber Pad (Medium Blue, part number 3202) is a purpose-built scrub pad designed to attach directly to the backing plate of the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100). It gives boat owners and detailers a versatile way to tackle tough cleaning jobs, from buffing wood to removing bottom paint, without switching tools. This Medium grade pad in blue is built for general-purpose scrubbing, striking a balance between the gentler Fine (White) pad meant for delicate surfaces and the aggressive Coarse (Brown) pad meant for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pad is sold individually, so you can build out a full set of Fine, Medium, and Coarse pads to match the job at hand. The pad is designed exclusively for use with the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher, so it is important to match this pad to the correct machine. Like the rest of the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher accessory line, this scrub pad is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3202\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e DAP Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrade\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium (Blue)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Polisher:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 backing plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Individually (1 pad)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.04 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or Rotary Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat machine does the Shurhold 3202 scrub pad fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3202 pad attaches directly to the backing plate of the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100). It is designed exclusively for that machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pad work with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or a Rotary Polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Medium Blue DAP scrub pad, part number 3202, is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher, only the original #3100 Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and grade is part number 3202?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 3202 is the Medium grade scrub pad, colored blue, for general-purpose scrubbing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Medium Blue pad compare to the Fine White and Coarse Brown pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fine (White) pad is for delicate surfaces and light-duty cleaning, the Medium (Blue) pad (3202) is for general-purpose scrubbing, and the Coarse (Brown) pad is for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3202 Medium Blue DAP scrub pad is sold individually, so one pad is included per purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the scrub pad made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3202 Dual Action Polisher scrub pad is made of plastic in a blue finish designed for durable, repeated scrubbing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 3202 scrub pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Medium Blue DAP scrub pad, part 3202, weighs 0.04 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the polisher included with this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 is sold separately; part 3202 is the scrub pad accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 3202 pad genuine Shurhold or aftermarket?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 3202 is a genuine Shurhold accessory, made in the USA and designed specifically for the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tasks is the Medium Blue scrub pad good for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3202 pad is intended for general-purpose scrubbing jobs, such as everyday cleaning tasks that fall between light-duty maintenance and heavy paint removal.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426863835,"sku":"SUR-3202","price":8.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/3202_1.jpg?v=1785025851"},{"product_id":"shurhold-5-inch-fine-white-scrubber-pad-for-dual-action-polisher-3100-part-3201","title":"Shurhold 5 Inch Fine White Scrubber Pad for Dual Action Polisher #3100 (Part 3201)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Fine White Scrubber Pad (part 3201) is a 5 inch scrub pad built to attach directly to the backing plate of the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100. It is the lightest-duty grade in Shurhold's three-grade scrubber pad lineup, designed for delicate surfaces and light-duty cleaning where a gentler touch is needed. Common uses include buffing wood and light surface maintenance on gelcoat and painted finishes, giving boat owners a controlled way to clean without risking damage to softer materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is sold individually and is made in the USA. It is designed exclusively for use with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 backing plate and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher. For heavier cleaning jobs, Shurhold also offers a Medium (Blue) grade for general-purpose scrubbing and a Coarse (Brown) grade for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep, so the right pad can be matched to the job at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3201\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine (White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 backing plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot Compatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher PRO, Rotary Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold individually (1 pad)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.04 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Fine White Scrubber Pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 3201 is a fine-grade scrub pad meant for delicate surfaces and light-duty cleaning, such as buffing wood or light maintenance on gelcoat and painted finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Fine White Scrubber Pad fit any dual action polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, part 3201 is designed exclusively to attach to the backing plate of the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pad work with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO or a rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Fine White Scrubber Pad (3201) is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or with rotary polishers; it is built only for the original #3100 unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fine White Scrubber Pad, part 3201, is sold individually as a single pad rather than in a multi-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the scrubber pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e This scrubber pad measures 5 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Fine White Scrubber Pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 3201 weighs 0.04 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Fine, Medium, and Coarse scrubber pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fine (White) pad, part 3201, is for delicate surfaces and light-duty cleaning; the Medium (Blue) pad is for general-purpose scrubbing; the Coarse (Brown) pad is for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold Fine White Scrubber Pad made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part 3201 is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pad be used to remove bottom paint?\u003c\/strong\u003e The scrubber pad line, which includes the Fine White pad (3201), covers everything from buffing wood to removing bottom paint, with grade selection determining scrubbing power; the Fine grade is intended for lighter-duty work rather than aggressive stripping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Fine grade scrubber pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fine grade scrubber pad, part 3201, is white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a specific backing plate to use this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part 3201 attaches directly to the backing plate of the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026426831067,"sku":"SUR-3201","price":8.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/3201_2.jpg?v=1785025851"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3203-dual-action-polisher-scrubber-pad-coarse-brown-5-inch-for-dap-3100","title":"Shurhold 3203 Dual Action Polisher Scrubber Pad, Coarse Brown, 5 Inch, for DAP #3100","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3203 is a 5 inch coarse (brown) scrubber pad built to attach directly to the backing plate of the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100). It is designed for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep, giving the polisher the aggressive scrubbing power needed for tough jobs like buffing wood and removing bottom paint. The coarse brown grade sits at the top end of Shurhold's three-grade pad lineup, which also includes a fine white pad for delicate surfaces and light-duty cleaning and a medium blue pad for general-purpose scrubbing, letting owners match the right pad to each stage of a cleaning job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA and sold individually, the 3203 pad is constructed of durable plastic in a brown finish and is intended exclusively for use with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100. It is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher, so it should only be purchased by owners of the original #3100 unit. Simply attach the pad to the #3100 backing plate for controlled, consistent scrubbing power on marine surfaces, wood, and painted finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3203\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher Scrubber Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coarse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.04 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 backing plate only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned exclusively for use with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100. Not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 3203 scrubber pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3203 is a coarse brown scrubber pad made for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep, including tasks like removing bottom paint, when attached to the Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 3203 pad fit my polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e This pad is designed exclusively to attach to the backing plate of the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100. It is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads are included with the 3203?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3203 coarse brown scrubber pad is sold individually, so each purchase includes one pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 3203 scrubber pad made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3203 pad is made of brown plastic, built for heavy-duty scrubbing power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the coarse, medium, and fine Shurhold scrubber pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold offers three grades for the Dual Action Polisher: the fine white pad (3203 series line) for delicate surfaces and light-duty cleaning, the medium blue pad for general-purpose scrubbing, and the coarse brown pad (3203) for heavy-duty stripping and paint prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the 3203 pad on wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the coarse brown 3203 pad is suited to jobs such as buffing wood as well as heavy-duty stripping and paint prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 3203 pad compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 3203 scrubber pad is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher PRO or the Rotary Polisher; it works only with the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 3203 scrubber pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3203 coarse brown scrubber pad weighs 0.04 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold 3203 pad manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3203 scrubber pad is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 3203 pad come with the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Dual Action Polisher #3100 is sold separately; the 3203 is an individually sold accessory pad for that polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the 3203 scrubber pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3203 coarse brown scrubber pad is 5 inches in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427027675,"sku":"SUR-3203","price":8.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/3203_2.jpg?v=1785025852"},{"product_id":"shurhold-dap-scrub-brush-3207-soft-yellow-flagged-bristle-for-dual-action-polisher-3100","title":"Shurhold DAP Scrub Brush 3207, Soft Yellow Flagged Bristle for Dual Action Polisher 3100","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold DAP Scrub Brush 3207 is a soft, yellow-flagged bristle attachment built for the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100), turning it into a powered cleaning tool for gentle, everyday maintenance. The soft flagged fibers are designed to be gentle enough for general cleaning and even waxing non-skid surfaces, making this brush a good choice for routine deck upkeep, interior surfaces, and areas where a stiffer bristle would be too aggressive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brush attaches to the Dual Action Polisher through a 5\/16\"-24 threaded post for a secure, easy connection. It is part of a three-brush lineup offered in different bristle strengths: Stiff (White) for teak and heavily stained surfaces, Medium (Yellow) for carpets and medium-duty scrubbing, and this Soft (Yellow Flagged) option for gentle cleaning and waxing. Each brush is sold individually and is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen using this brush, keep the polisher at or below Speed Setting #3, and avoid exposing the polisher itself to water during use. The polisher (#3100) is sold separately. This brush is designed for the original Dual Action Polisher and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3207\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Color\/Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft (Yellow Flagged)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/16\"-24 threaded post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot Compatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher Pro, Rotary Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Speed Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed Setting #3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Individually (polisher sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.47 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.63 x 4.63 x 2.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eShurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold DAP Scrub Brush 3207 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3207 is a soft, yellow-flagged bristle brush attachment for the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100), used for gentle cleaning and even waxing of non-skid surfaces and general deck maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 3207 brush fit the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The 3207 Soft Yellow Flagged brush is designed for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100) and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 3207 attach to the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e It attaches via a 5\/16\"-24 threaded post, which screws securely into the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher included with the 3207 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the polisher is sold separately. The 3207 is the brush attachment only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Soft, Medium, and Stiff DAP scrub brushes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft (Yellow Flagged) 3207 brush is gentle enough for general cleaning and waxing non-skid; the Medium (Yellow) brush is better for carpets and medium-duty scrubbing; and the Stiff (White) brush is intended for teak and heavily stained surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the 3207 brush to apply wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Soft (Yellow Flagged) bristles on the 3207 are gentle enough for general cleaning and are also suitable for waxing non-skid surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed setting should the polisher be run at with this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The polisher should not be run above Speed Setting #3 when using the 3207 scrub brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to get the polisher wet while using the 3207 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the polisher itself should not be exposed to water during use, even though the 3207 brush is used for wet cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the DAP scrub brushes sold individually or in sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3207 and other Dual Action Polisher scrub brushes are sold individually, not as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold 3207 scrub brush manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3207 Soft Yellow Flagged scrub brush is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 3207 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3207 brush measures 4.63 x 4.63 x 2.5 inches and weighs 0.47 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427125979,"sku":"SUR-3207","price":21.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3207_1200x1200_05ac7090-813c-46f6-a419-c13b0a967ecd.jpg?v=1785025853"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3205-stiff-white-dap-scrub-brush-teak-cleaning-attachment-for-dual-action-polisher-3100","title":"Shurhold 3205 Stiff White DAP Scrub Brush - Teak Cleaning Attachment for Dual Action Polisher #3100","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3205 is a Stiff White DAP Scrub Brush built to attach to the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100), turning it into a powered scrubbing tool for tough cleaning jobs. This is the stiffest bristle option in the DAP Scrub Brush lineup, made specifically for teak and heavily stained surfaces where a more aggressive scrubbing action is needed. It also works well for removing stains, lifting growth, and restoring non-skid surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brush attaches easily to the Dual Action Polisher via a 5\/16\"-24 threaded post, so it installs and removes quickly when switching between cleaning tasks. Shurhold recommends running the polisher at or below Speed Setting #3 when using this brush, and cautions against exposing the polisher itself to water during use. The 3205 is sold individually, so buyers can select the exact bristle strength needed for their surfaces; a Medium (Yellow) brush and a Soft (Yellow Flagged) brush are also available as separate parts for lighter-duty scrubbing and waxing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis brush is designed exclusively for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro. It is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3205\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stiff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Teak and heavily stained surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/16\"-24 threaded post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Recommended Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed Setting #3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 brush (sold individually)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.63 x 4.63 x 2.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.47 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 3205 scrub brush used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3205 is a Stiff White DAP Scrub Brush designed for teak and heavily stained surfaces, and it also works for removing stains, lifting growth, and restoring non-skid surfaces when attached to the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 3205 brush fit the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher Pro?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The 3205 Stiff White DAP Scrub Brush is designed exclusively for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 and is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 3205 brush attach to the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e It attaches via a 5\/16\"-24 threaded post, allowing the brush to thread directly onto the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 for quick installation and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and bristle strength is part number 3205?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 3205 is the Stiff (White) bristle option in Shurhold's DAP Scrub Brush lineup, the firmest of the three available strengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other bristle strengths are available besides the stiff white brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold also offers a Medium (Yellow) brush for carpets and medium-duty scrubbing and a Soft (Yellow Flagged) brush for general cleaning and waxing non-skid surfaces, each sold as a separate part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a maximum speed setting for using this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Shurhold recommends not exceeding Speed Setting #3 on the Dual Action Polisher when using the 3205 scrub brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Dual Action Polisher come with this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100 is sold separately, and the 3205 Stiff White DAP Scrub Brush is sold individually as an accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of the 3205 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3205 measures 4.63 x 4.63 x 2.5 inches and weighs 0.47 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this brush be used with the polisher submerged or exposed to water?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Shurhold advises avoiding exposure of the Dual Action Polisher to water while using the 3205 scrub brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold 3205 scrub brush made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3205 Stiff White DAP Scrub Brush is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces is the stiff white brush best suited for compared to the softer options?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3205 Stiff White brush is intended for teak and heavily stained surfaces, making it more aggressive than the Medium (Yellow) brush used for carpets and general scrubbing or the Soft (Yellow Flagged) brush used for general cleaning and waxing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427158747,"sku":"SUR-3205","price":21.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3205_1200x1200_503495c0-9432-4f2c-87e3-a85a58ce31ef.jpg?v=1785025852"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3500-dual-action-polisher-pro-variable-speed-6-inch-buffer-for-boat-rv-and-auto-detailing","title":"Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro, Variable Speed 6 Inch Buffer for Boat, RV, and Auto Detailing","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro is a corded electric buffing tool built to restore gelcoat, clear coat, and painted surfaces on boats, RVs, and automobiles. It combines a 21mm orbit with a dual action oscillating head, a motion that works out oxidation and haze while reducing the risk of burns or swirl marks that can come from a traditional single-direction rotary buffer. A 6 inch quick change backing plate lets you swap pads quickly between compounding, polishing, and waxing steps without extra tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePower comes from a 900 watt, 120 volt, 7.5 amp motor with a thumb controlled variable speed dial running from 1800 to 4800 OPM, so you can slow down for spreading compound or wax and speed up for cutting oxidation and refining gloss. A locking ON button reduces hand fatigue during extended sessions, and two different ergonomic gripping styles let the operator choose a comfortable hold for large panels or tighter areas around rails and curves. The housing is molded plastic in red, and carbon brush ports are positioned for easy access when it comes time to service the motor brushes. The unit ships complete with a canvas storage bag and a detailed user guide, making it ready to use out of the box for hull sides, topside gelcoat, RV exteriors, and vehicle paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Action Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corded Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 Volts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 Amps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Variable, 1800 to 4800 OPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbit Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 millimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inch quick change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buffer, canvas storage bag, detailed user guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485120996\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed range does the Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro run at?\u003c\/strong\u003e It runs at a variable 1800 to 4800 OPM, controlled by a thumb controlled speed dial, so you can slow down for spreading compound or wax and speed up for cutting oxidation on the Shurhold 3500.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size backing plate does this polisher use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro uses a 6 inch quick change backing plate, allowing pads to be swapped quickly between polishing steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a dual action or rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3500 is a dual action polisher with a 21mm orbit and an oscillating head motion, which differs from a traditional rotary buffer that spins in a single direction at high RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a dual action polisher compare to a rotary buffer?\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional rotary polisher spins at high RPM in one direction, which makes operator technique important to avoid burns and swirls, while the dual action oscillating motion of the Shurhold 3500 reduces those risks and makes consistent results easier to achieve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the motor power on the Shurhold 3500?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro has a 900 watt motor running on 120 volts at 7.5 amps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the housing made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The housing of the Shurhold 3500 is molded plastic, finished in red.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the Shurhold 3500?\u003c\/strong\u003e Included with the Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro are the buffer itself, a canvas storage bag, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 3500 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro weighs 5.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the motor brushes be replaced on this polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 3500 has EZ change carbon brush ports designed for quick access when servicing the motor brushes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces is the Shurhold 3500 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for boat, RV, and auto detailing, working on gelcoat, clear coat, and painted surfaces to remove oxidation and restore gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 3500 have a locking power switch?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold 3500 Dual Action Polisher Pro includes a locking ON button along with a power switch assembly, reducing hand fatigue during longer polishing sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grip styles does the polisher offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3500 offers 2 different ergonomic gripping styles so the operator can choose a comfortable hold depending on the panel or area being worked.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427224283,"sku":"SUR-3500","price":259.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/3500_HERO_NEW.png?v=1785025840"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3400-pro-rotary-buffer-polisher-6-speed-600-3200-rpm-120-volt-1400-watt","title":"Shurhold 3400 Pro Rotary Buffer Polisher, 6-Speed 600-3200 RPM, 120 Volt 1400 Watt","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3400 Pro Rotary Buffer Polisher is a professional-grade rotary polisher built for detailers, shops, and yards that need to cut, polish, and buff a mirror-like finish into even the dullest gelcoat, paint, or metal surfaces. Powered by a 120 volt, 12 amp, 1400 watt corded electric motor, it delivers variable speeds from 600 to 3200 RPM through a thumb-controlled 6-speed dial, letting the operator match speed to the task, from heavy oxidation removal to final finish work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tool uses a quick-change backing plate measuring 7 inches (178mm) that accommodates a 7.5 inch (190mm) polishing pad, so pads can be swapped quickly between jobs. A 20 foot (6m) power cord gives extended working range without an extension cord. EZ Clean mesh air intake vents keep the motor housing easy to clean, and EZ-change carbon brush ports simplify brush replacement. The polisher offers three ergonomic gripping styles and an adjustable D-handle for control during extended use, along with a soft-start trigger. It weighs 6.6 pounds and ships complete with a canvas storage bag and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3400\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corded Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 Volts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 Amp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1400 Watt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 to 3200 RPM, 6-speed dial control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Plate Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 inches (178mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolishing Pad Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 inches (190mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Cord Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 feet (6m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buffer, canvas storage bag, detailed user guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed range does the Shurhold 3400 rotary polisher operate at?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3400 runs from 600 to 3200 RPM, adjustable through a thumb-controlled 6-speed dial so the operator can match speed to the task at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size backing plate and pad does the Shurhold 3400 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a quick-change 7 inch (178mm) backing plate that accommodates a 7.5 inch (190mm) polishing pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 3400 a random-orbital or rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3400 is a true rotary polisher, designed for professional-level cutting, polishing, and buffing rather than the lighter-duty action of a random-orbital tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 3400 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3400 Pro Rotary Buffer Polisher weighs 6.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with the Shurhold 3400?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3400 ships with the buffer itself, a canvas storage bag, and a detailed user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the Shurhold 3400 require?\u003c\/strong\u003e It runs on 120 volt AC power, drawing 12 amps for 1400 watts of motor power, and includes a 20 foot (6m) power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 3400 primarily used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rotary polisher is built for professional detailers, shops, and yards to quickly remove heavy oxidation and correct surface imperfections on gelcoat, paint, metal, and similar surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the housing of the Shurhold 3400 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3400's housing material is plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 3400 have replaceable carbon brushes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the polisher has EZ-change carbon brush ports that allow the brushes to be swapped without extensive disassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Shurhold 3400 cleaned and maintained?\u003c\/strong\u003e EZ Clean mesh air intake vents on the housing are designed to make cleaning the motor housing straightforward after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a damaged Shurhold 3400 be repaired instead of replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold offers a flat-rate diagnostic and repair service for the Pro Rotary Buffer that covers labor and materials to restore functional components such as the power switch, speed dial, power cord, bearings, motor, drive shaft, and gear box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grip options does the Shurhold 3400 offer during use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3400 provides three ergonomic gripping styles along with an adjustable D-handle for control during extended polishing sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427191515,"sku":"SUR-3400","price":236.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_3500_everything.jpg?v=1785025843"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3206-medium-yellow-dap-scrub-brush-for-dual-action-polisher","title":"Shurhold 3206 Medium Yellow DAP Scrub Brush for Dual Action Polisher","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3206 DAP Scrub Brush is a medium-duty, yellow bristle brush purpose-built to convert the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100) into a powered scrubbing tool. Designed for tasks that fall between light cleaning and heavy stain removal, this medium brush is great for carpets and general medium-duty scrubbing on marine surfaces. It attaches easily to the Dual Action Polisher via a 5\/16\"-24 threaded post, giving a secure connection during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis brush is one of three bristle strengths offered for the Dual Action Polisher: Stiff (White) for teak and heavily stained surfaces, Medium (Yellow) for carpets and medium-duty scrubbing, and Soft (Yellow Flagged) for general cleaning and waxing non-skid. Choosing the right strength for the surface and soil level helps avoid damage while still delivering effective cleaning power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor best results and brush longevity, do not operate the Dual Action Polisher above Speed Setting #3 when using this brush, and avoid exposing the polisher itself to water during use. The brush is sold individually and the Dual Action Polisher is sold separately. It is made in the USA. Note that this brush is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3206\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/16\"-24 threaded post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.63 x 4.63 x 2.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.47 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Speed Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed Setting #3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eShurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 3206 DAP Scrub Brush used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3206 is a medium-duty yellow scrub brush that attaches to the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher (#3100) to power through carpet and medium-duty scrubbing tasks on marine surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 3206 brush fit the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Shurhold 3206 DAP Scrub Brush is not compatible with the Dual Action Polisher Pro or Rotary Pro; it is designed specifically for the original Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the medium brush differ from the stiff and soft versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three bristle strengths are available for the Dual Action Polisher: the stiff white brush is for teak and heavily stained surfaces, the medium yellow brush (part number 3206) is for carpets and medium-duty scrubbing, and the soft yellow-flagged brush is for general cleaning and even waxing non-skid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat speed setting should I use with this brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not run the Dual Action Polisher above Speed Setting #3 when using the 3206 medium scrub brush, to protect both the brush and the polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 3206 brush attach to the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e It attaches via a 5\/16\"-24 threaded post that screws directly onto the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher #3100.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Dual Action Polisher included with the 3206 brush?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Shurhold 3206 scrub brush is sold individually and the Dual Action Polisher #3100 is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this brush with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e The brush itself is used for scrubbing marine surfaces, but the Dual Action Polisher should not be exposed to water during use, so care should be taken when scrubbing wet or damp surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 3206 brush made of and what color is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3206 is a yellow, plastic-bodied medium scrub brush measuring 4.63 x 4.63 x 2.5 inches and weighing 0.47 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold 3206 brush manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 3206 DAP Scrub Brush is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this brush be used on carpets?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the medium yellow 3206 brush is specifically suited for carpets and medium-duty scrubbing tasks aboard a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many brushes come in one purchase?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each purchase of the Shurhold 3206 includes one brush, sold individually rather than as part of a set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427257051,"sku":"SUR-3206","price":21.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3206_1200x1200_1db90067-e82c-4770-a7fc-91bb8ec3c1ca.jpg?v=1785025853"},{"product_id":"shurhold-3552-pro-polish-pad-7-inch-foam-finishing-pad-for-dual-action-polisher-pro","title":"Shurhold 3552 Pro Polish Pad - 7 Inch Foam Finishing Pad for Dual Action Polisher PRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 3552 Pro Polish Pad is a 7 inch foam finishing pad built for applying wax and polish with a smooth, even finish. Designed for the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO, this red foam pad is optimized for use with Shurhold's Pro Polish and delivers professional-grade results with ease. The pad's foam construction is intended for wax, sealant, and polish application on fiberglass and gelcoat surfaces, helping distribute product evenly across a boat's hull and topsides without creating swirls. It attaches to the polisher's 6 inch backing plate using a hook and loop system for secure, centered placement during machine operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is for use with the Dual Action Polisher PRO only; it is not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher. Each pack contains one pad, and the pad is made in the USA. As part of Shurhold's detailing lineup, the 3552 Pro Polish Pad pairs with Shurhold Pro Polish for a finishing step after compounding, giving boat owners a straightforward way to maintain a clean, protected shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3552\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 x 1 x 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hook and loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pad per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485121016\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Applying wax and polish for a smooth, even finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO with a 6 inch backing plate. Not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tool is the Shurhold 3552 Pro Polish Pad designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed specifically for the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO and attaches to that tool's 6 inch backing plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pad work on the original Dual Action Polisher or the Rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 3552 Pro Polish Pad is not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher; it is made for the Dual Action Polisher PRO only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Shurhold Pro Polish Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad measures 7 inches in diameter, with item dimensions of 7 x 1 x 7 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e One 3552 Pro Polish Pad is included per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pad made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3552 Pro Polish Pad is made of foam, designed for applying wax and polish with a smooth, even finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can I use this pad on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The foam pad is intended for applying wax, sealant, and polish to fiberglass and gelcoat surfaces such as a boat's hull and topsides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the pad attach to the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a hook and loop attachment system that secures to the Dual Action Polisher PRO's backing plate for centered, secure placement during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat product is the 3552 pad meant to be used with?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is optimized for use with Shurhold Pro Polish, applying it evenly across the surface without creating swirls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Shurhold 3552 Pro Polish Pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad weighs 0.16 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold Pro Polish Pad made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3552 Pro Polish Pad is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold 3552 pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pro Polish Pad is red.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427388123,"sku":"SUR-3552","price":21.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3552_1200x1200_f2e8688d-5dba-4e0d-a0b6-02b404dfc4d7.jpg?v=1785025842"},{"product_id":"shurhold-buff-magic-light-oxidation-pad-7-inch-foam-cutting-pad-for-dual-action-polisher-pro","title":"Shurhold Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad - 7 Inch Foam Cutting Pad for Dual Action Polisher PRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad is a 7 inch foam cutting pad designed to remove light oxidation and surface chalking from gelcoat and fiberglass before applying wax or sealant. It pairs with Buff Magic compound and is built specifically for use with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO, delivering the firm-yet-controlled foam density needed to level minor surface defects without damaging the underlying gelcoat. This pad is the recommended next step after heavy compounding, refining the surface to a smooth, clean finish that is ready for a final polish or wax coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe orange foam construction is reinforced to hold its shape and density through extended use on larger vessels, and the pad attaches to the polisher's backing plate with a hook-and-loop system for a secure, quick-change fit during high-speed use. To use, apply a thin layer of Buff Magic compound to the surface with a brush or spreader, attach the pad to the polisher, place it on the coated area, and power on. Clean the pad with soap or Serious Pad Cleaner and lukewarm water after each use, and let it dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pad is designed for use with the Dual Action Polisher PRO only and is not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher. Each pack contains 1 pad. Made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3554\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e DAP Pro Accessories \/ Buffers \u0026amp; Pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Polisher:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompound Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buff Magic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pad per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.27 x 7.91 x 1.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485121023\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad (part number 3554) is a 7 inch foam cutting pad used to remove light oxidation and surface chalking from gelcoat and fiberglass, prepping the surface before a final wax or sealant is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 3554 pad work with the original Dual Action Polisher or the Rotary polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad is designed for use with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO only and is not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compound should I use with this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e This pad is designed to work with Shurhold's Buff Magic compound, which is applied to the surface before the pad is attached to the polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 3554 ships with 1 pad per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a 7 inch pad, with item dimensions of 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 3554 pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad weighs 0.16 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the pad made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad is made from foam, finished in orange, and reinforced to hold its shape and density during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the pad attached to the polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad uses a hook-and-loop attachment system that secures it to the Dual Action Polisher PRO's backing plate for quick changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the pad after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the pad with soap or Serious Pad Cleaner and lukewarm water after each use, and let it dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Light Oxidation Pad and the Heavy Oxidation Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad (3554) is intended for removing light oxidation and refining surfaces after heavy compounding, while the Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad is a denser pad built to remove severe oxidation and surface imperfections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this pad made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I use the Buff Magic Light Oxidation Pad in my detailing process?\u003c\/strong\u003e Use part number 3554 as the step after heavy compounding and before applying wax, since it refines the surface to a smooth, clean finish ready for protection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427420891,"sku":"SUR-3554","price":23.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3554_1200x1200_eb8641ac-58fb-4d32-a5aa-a689d322aac0.jpg?v=1785025842"},{"product_id":"shurhold-buff-magic-heavy-oxidation-pad-3555-7-inch-foam-cutting-pad-for-dual-action-polisher-pro","title":"Shurhold Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad 3555, 7 Inch Foam Cutting Pad for Dual Action Polisher PRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad (part number 3555) is a 7 inch foam cutting pad built to tackle severe oxidation and surface imperfections on fiberglass boat hulls. Its dense construction is designed to deliver aggressive correction while still maintaining control and consistency during the buffing process, making it the right starting point for gelcoat that has been neglected or heavily weathered. This pad is engineered specifically for use with the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO and is intended to be paired with Shurhold Buff Magic compound for maximum cutting performance. It is not compatible with a rotary polisher or with the original Dual Action Polisher, so buyers should confirm they own the PRO model before ordering. Each pack contains one pad, finished in blue, and the pad is made in the USA. To use it, apply a thin layer of Buff Magic compound to the surface with a brush or applicator, attach the pad to the polisher, place it on the treated area, and power on. After each use, clean the pad with soap or Serious Pad Cleaner and lukewarm water, and allow it to dry completely before storing. Once heavy oxidation has been cut back, boat owners typically move on to a finer pad for finishing and then a wax or protectant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3555\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 pad per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot Compatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotary polisher, original Dual Action Polisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removing heavy oxidation with Buff Magic compound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 3555 is a 7 inch foam cutting pad designed to remove heavy oxidation and surface imperfections from fiberglass boat hulls when used with Buff Magic compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes pad 3555 work with the standard Dual Action Polisher?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. This pad is designed for the Shurhold Dual Action Polisher PRO only and is not compatible with the Rotary polisher or the original Dual Action Polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pads come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pack of the Shurhold Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad (3555) contains 1 pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 3555 cutting pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad is finished in blue, which identifies it as the heavy cutting grade in the Shurhold Buff Magic pad lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad weighs 0.16 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a 7 inch diameter pad with product dimensions of 7.05 x 6.78 x 2.7 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a compound to use this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, pad 3555 is designed to be used with Shurhold Buff Magic compound, applied in a thin layer before buffing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the pad after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad with soap or Serious Pad Cleaner and lukewarm water after each use, and let it dry completely before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 3555 pad made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the pad made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad (3555) is a foam cutting pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a lighter-duty version of this pad available?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Shurhold offers a lighter cutting pad as a separate part for less severe oxidation; pad 3555 is the heavy cutting grade for severe cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I use after cutting oxidation with this pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e After using the Buff Magic Heavy Oxidation Pad (3555) to cut oxidation, boaters typically follow with a finer polishing pad and then wax to complete the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427453659,"sku":"SUR-3555","price":23.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_web25_pad_3555_1200x1200_6d49462a-af8b-4a76-a12b-ad9a6e5e0f62.jpg?v=1785025842"},{"product_id":"shurhold-60-inch-fixed-length-handle-model-760-aluminum-shur-lok-cleaning-handle","title":"Shurhold 60 Inch Fixed Length Handle (Model 760) - Aluminum SHUR-LOK Cleaning Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 760 is a 60 inch (5 foot) fixed length handle built from high-strength aluminum for boat, RV, and household cleaning tasks. It uses Shurhold's SHUR-LOK quick-release system, letting you snap the handle onto a wide range of Shurhold cleaning attachment heads and swap tools without extra hardware. The aluminum construction is corrosion resistant with a polished finish, so it holds up to repeated exposure to water and outdoor conditions without pitting or rusting. At 60 inches long and 1.26 inches wide, it gives you the reach to clean hulls, decks, windows, and other hard-to-reach surfaces without a ladder or extension. The handle weighs 0.9 pounds, keeping it light enough for extended cleaning sessions without fatigue. It is finished in yellow for easy visibility on deck or in a gear locker. Because it uses the same SHUR-LOK attachment mechanism found across the Shurhold handle lineup, it works interchangeably with Shurhold's brush heads, mitts, and other tool attachments that use that system. A separate neoprene float sleeve, the Handle Mate PFD (#760H), is sold separately and is sized specifically to fit this 5 foot fixed length handle, protecting surfaces from scratches and keeping the handle afloat if dropped overboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 760\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 inches (5 feet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.26 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SHUR-LOK quick-release\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed Length Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485407608\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Shurhold 760 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 760 is a fixed length handle measuring 60 inches (5 feet) long and 1.26 inches wide, with no telescoping or adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold 760 made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from high-strength aluminum with a polished, corrosion-resistant finish, making it suitable for repeated exposure to water and outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 760 handle weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 760 weighs 0.9 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachments fit the Shurhold 760?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 760 uses Shurhold's SHUR-LOK quick-release system, which is the same attachment mechanism used across Shurhold's cleaning tool heads, allowing tools built for that system to snap on and off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 760 a telescoping handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 760 is a fixed 60 inch (5 foot) length handle; Shurhold also sells telescoping handles as separate products for buyers who need adjustable length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Shurhold 760 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 760 handle is finished in yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I get a float for my Shurhold 760 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Handle Mate PFD (#760H) is a separate neoprene float sleeve sized specifically for the 5 foot fixed length 760 handle; it protects surfaces from scratches and keeps the handle afloat, but the handle itself is not included with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shurhold 760 come with any cleaning attachments?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 760 is the handle only; attachment heads that use the SHUR-LOK system are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 760 handle rust resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its aluminum construction with a corrosion-resistant, polished finish is built to withstand marine and outdoor use without rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Shurhold 760 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Shurhold 60 inch fixed length handle (model 760) is 703485407608.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427551963,"sku":"SUR-760","price":26.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_760_angle2_c2ffcf20-3239-4ddb-9451-89cdf6c6aac0.jpg?v=1785025853"},{"product_id":"shurhold-760fg-fixed-length-handle-60-inch-with-blue-finger-grip","title":"Shurhold 760FG Fixed Length Handle, 60 Inch with Blue Finger Grip","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold 760FG is a 60 inch (152 cm) fixed-length handle built from triple-anodized, high-strength aluminum, giving it a lightweight feel combined with strong corrosion resistance for regular use in wet, marine environments. It is finished with a blue finger grip for a comfortable, secure hold during extended cleaning and maintenance sessions on boats, RVs, and vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the core of the handle is Shurhold's SHUR-LOK quick-release system, which locks securely into more than 40 different Shurhold attachments -- brushes, mitts, and other cleaning tools -- and releases quickly when it is time to swap tools. This makes the 760FG a versatile, one-handle solution rather than requiring a separate handle for every accessory. The triple-anodized aluminum construction is designed to resist corrosion and hold up to repeated use in harsh outdoor and marine conditions. The handle is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 760FG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed Length Handle with Finger Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 inches (152 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finger Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Triple-anodized, high-strength aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SHUR-LOK quick-release system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locks into more than 40 different Shurhold attachments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Shurhold 760FG handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 760FG is a fixed-length handle measuring 60 inches (152 cm) long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the grip on the 760FG?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 760FG has a blue finger grip, distinguishing it from Shurhold's standard yellow-grip fixed handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 760FG handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from triple-anodized, high-strength aluminum, which is lightweight and corrosion-resistant for marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachments work with the 760FG handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Thanks to Shurhold's SHUR-LOK quick-release system, the 760FG locks securely into more than 40 different Shurhold attachments, including brushes and cleaning mitts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the SHUR-LOK system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e SHUR-LOK is Shurhold's quick-release attachment system that lets you lock an accessory onto the 760FG handle and release it quickly when you need to swap tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 760FG a fixed-length or telescoping handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 760FG is a fixed-length handle at 60 inches; it does not extend or telescope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 760FG come with a cleaning attachment?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 760FG is the handle only; attachments such as brushes or mitts are sold separately and connect via the SHUR-LOK system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a float accessory for the 760FG handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Handle Mate PFD (#760H) is a neoprene sleeve made to fit the 5 ft fixed-length handle with yellow or blue grip, including the 760FG, and helps the handle float if dropped in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 760FG suitable for marine environments?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 760FG's triple-anodized aluminum construction is corrosion-resistant, making it suited to boating and other marine cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Shurhold 760FG made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 760FG fixed length handle is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other grip and length options does Shurhold offer for this handle style?\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold also offers fixed-length handles with standard yellow grips in 13 inch, 30 inch, 40 inch, and 60 inch lengths, and a 30 inch version with a blue finger grip, alongside the 60 inch blue finger grip 760FG.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427584731,"sku":"SUR-760FG","price":26.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_760fg_angle2_f0e97b92-a572-493f-b554-57f5c082fc10.jpg?v=1785025854"},{"product_id":"shurhold-fishing-series-6-ft-telescoping-handle-part-833-locks-40-to-72-inches","title":"Shurhold Fishing Series 6 ft Telescoping Handle, Part 833, Locks 40 to 72 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Shurhold Fishing Series Handle (Part 833) is a 6 ft telescoping handle built for boaters who want the versatility of Shurhold's One-Handle-Does-It-All system with a sleek, hand-wrapped design that matches a favorite fishing rod. It is made from triple-anodized, heat-treated aluminum for a build that resists corrosion while keeping weight low, and it is finished in black anodized aluminum with gold trim for a premium, professional-grade look. The handle features an extra-long foam grip finished in a single red color that gives it a comfortable, secure hold during extended use on deck or dockside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the core of the handle is Shurhold's SHUR-LOK quick-release technology, which lets the handle securely lock into more than 40 different Shurhold attachment heads, from brushes to mitts to specialty tools, so one handle can cover cleaning, detailing, and maintenance jobs without swapping equipment. As a telescoping handle, the 6 ft size extends and locks at four different lengths between 40 inches and 72 inches (101 cm to 183 cm), letting the user dial in the right reach for the job at hand and collapse it down for easy storage afterward. The handle is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shurhold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Telescoping Handle, Fishing Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet (183 cm) telescoping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locks at four lengths between 40 inches and 72 inches (101 cm to 183 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Triple-anodized, heat-treated aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black anodized aluminum with gold trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra-long foam grip, single red grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SHUR-LOK quick-release, compatible with more than 40 Shurhold attachments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 703485408339\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shurhold part 833?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 833 is Shurhold's Fishing Series 6 ft telescoping handle, a triple-anodized aluminum handle that locks into more than 40 Shurhold attachment heads using the SHUR-LOK quick-release system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the 833 handle extend?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 833 handle telescopes and locks at four lengths between 40 inches and 72 inches (101 cm to 183 cm), letting the user set the reach needed for a given job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 833 handle made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from triple-anodized, heat-treated aluminum, finished in black anodized aluminum with gold trim for durability and a premium appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the grip on part 833?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fishing Series 6 ft telescoping handle (833) has a single red, extra-long foam grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many attachments is the 833 handle compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e Using the SHUR-LOK quick-release system, part 833 securely locks into more than 40 different Shurhold attachment heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Shurhold 833 handle made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shurhold Fishing Series 6 ft telescoping handle (833) is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the 833 telescoping handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shurhold 833 handle weighs 1.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 833 handle come with a float or protective sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the handle itself does not include a float. Shurhold offers a separate Handle Mate PFD, part 833H, sized specifically to fit the 6 ft telescoping handle (833) with a single red grip; the handle is sold separately from the float.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 833 and the 855 telescoping handles?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 833 is the 6 ft Fishing Series telescoping handle, locking at four lengths between 40 and 72 inches, while part 855 is a 9 ft telescoping handle that locks at five lengths between 60 inches and 108 inches (152 cm to 274 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachment system does the 833 handle use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 833 handle uses Shurhold's SHUR-LOK quick-release system for securely locking and swapping between compatible attachment heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 833 handle collapse for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, as a telescoping handle it extends for reach and collapses down for easier onboard storage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Shurhold","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49026427617499,"sku":"SUR-833","price":53.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/shr_833_angle2_155972ba-e667-4d69-8730-4ad6034b673b.jpg?v=1785025855"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/collections\/41SE1NWBQLS.jpg?v=1785356926","url":"https:\/\/www.goodvibesmarina.com\/collections\/gvcat-maintenance-cleaning-paint-paint-application-tools.oembed?page=4","provider":"Good Vibes Marina","version":"1.0","type":"link"}